TWI252268B - Antibacterial treatment device - Google Patents

Antibacterial treatment device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI252268B
TWI252268B TW92128104A TW92128104A TWI252268B TW I252268 B TWI252268 B TW I252268B TW 92128104 A TW92128104 A TW 92128104A TW 92128104 A TW92128104 A TW 92128104A TW I252268 B TWI252268 B TW I252268B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
unit
water
water supply
ion
electrode
Prior art date
Application number
TW92128104A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW200413595A (en
Inventor
Minoru Tadano
Norihiko Sumiyama
Hirokazu Ooe
Original Assignee
Sharp Kk
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sharp Kk filed Critical Sharp Kk
Publication of TW200413595A publication Critical patent/TW200413595A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI252268B publication Critical patent/TWI252268B/en

Links

Classifications

    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06FLAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F39/00Details of washing machines not specific to a single type of machines covered by groups D06F9/00 - D06F27/00 
    • D06F39/08Liquid supply or discharge arrangements
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C02TREATMENT OF WATER, WASTE WATER, SEWAGE, OR SLUDGE
    • C02FTREATMENT OF WATER, WASTE WATER, SEWAGE, OR SLUDGE
    • C02F1/00Treatment of water, waste water, or sewage
    • C02F1/46Treatment of water, waste water, or sewage by electrochemical methods
    • C02F1/4606Treatment of water, waste water, or sewage by electrochemical methods for producing oligodynamic substances to disinfect the water
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06FLAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F34/00Details of control systems for washing machines, washer-dryers or laundry dryers
    • D06F34/14Arrangements for detecting or measuring specific parameters
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06FLAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F35/00Washing machines, apparatus, or methods not otherwise provided for
    • D06F35/003Washing machines, apparatus, or methods not otherwise provided for using electrochemical cells
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C02TREATMENT OF WATER, WASTE WATER, SEWAGE, OR SLUDGE
    • C02FTREATMENT OF WATER, WASTE WATER, SEWAGE, OR SLUDGE
    • C02F2209/00Controlling or monitoring parameters in water treatment
    • C02F2209/005Processes using a programmable logic controller [PLC]
    • C02F2209/006Processes using a programmable logic controller [PLC] comprising a software program or a logic diagram
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06FLAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F2101/00User input for the control of domestic laundry washing machines, washer-dryers or laundry dryers
    • D06F2101/14Time settings
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06FLAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F2105/00Systems or parameters controlled or affected by the control systems of washing machines, washer-dryers or laundry dryers
    • D06F2105/58Indications or alarms to the control system or to the user
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02WCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES RELATED TO WASTEWATER TREATMENT OR WASTE MANAGEMENT
    • Y02W10/00Technologies for wastewater treatment
    • Y02W10/30Wastewater or sewage treatment systems using renewable energies
    • Y02W10/37Wastewater or sewage treatment systems using renewable energies using solar energy

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Electrochemistry (AREA)
  • Textile Engineering (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Hydrology & Water Resources (AREA)
  • Environmental & Geological Engineering (AREA)
  • Water Supply & Treatment (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Detail Structures Of Washing Machines And Dryers (AREA)
  • Control Of Washing Machine And Dryer (AREA)
  • Water Treatment By Electricity Or Magnetism (AREA)
  • Indicating Or Recording The Presence, Absence, Or Direction Of Movement (AREA)

Abstract

An ion elution unit (100) has electrodes (113, 114) in its case (110). The case (110) is equipped with an inflow port (111) for connecting a water supply hose (180) and outflow port (112) detachably connecting with the water supply valve (50) of a washing machine (1). When a voltage is applied to the electrodes (113, 114) by a power supply unit (101) while water is being supplied into the case (110), metallic ions elute into water. Water containing metal ions is received by a washing tank (30), and washing is rinsed with this water to perform an antibacterial treatment on the washing. At least part of the case (110) consists of a transparent part to permit the visual recognition of electrodes (113, 114), thereby allowing the user to directly recognize the degrees of deterioration of the electrodes (113, 114) visually and determine the replacing timing of the ion elution unit (100).

Description

1252268 玖、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於-種可以金屬離子對洗務物進行抗菌處理 之抗菌處理裝置。 【先前技術】 以洗衣機進行洗滌時,通常係在水(特別是洗務水)中添加 加工物質。-般之加工物質係柔軟劑及聚劑。此外,最近 對使洗滌物具備抗菌性之加工處理的需求提高。 從衛生上的觀點,洗蘇物宜經過日曬。但是近年來,隨 女性就㈣提高及小家庭化發展,〇家裡沒人的家庭增 =。此種家庭只能在室内晾乾。縱使是中午仍有人在家的 豕庭,碰到雨天仍然是在室内晾乾。 一在室内日京乾比經過曰€ ’洗條物中較容易繁殖細菌及霉 囷士。在梅雨季等高濕時及低溫時等洗滌物需要長時間乾燥 :,此種情形更加顯著。細菌繁殖情況嚴重時,洗滌物上 : 至會發出惡臭。因此’平常只能在室内暗乾之家庭,為 每囷之繁殖而追切要求對布類實施抗菌處 理0 加取t f纖維上實施抗菌防臭加工及抑菌加工之衣物增 :二:疋,家庭内之纖維製品全部採用完成抗菌防臭加工 低。☆匕外’抗菌防臭加工之效果亦會隨重複洗滌而降 f此’產生在洗蘇時對洗務物進行抗菌處理的構想。如 公開專利公報『實開平”彻號公報“揭示有:配 88498-941025.doc 1252268 置離子產生機器之電氣洗衣機,該離子產生機器係產生銀 離子、鋼離子等具有殺菌力之金屬㈣。日本公開專利公 報『特開2_-93691號公報』中揭示有:可藉由產生電場 進仃洗淨液中殺菌之洗衣機。日本公開專利公報『特開 2001-276484號公報』中揭示有:具備在洗淨水中添加銀離 子之銀離子添加單元之洗衣機。 再者’洗蘇步驟中之進行抗菌處理方法中,使用金屬離 子者效果較大且實用。其係將一對電極浸入水中,藉由在 ,電極間施加電壓’而自陽極側之電極溶出金屬料。如 陽極為銀時,於施加電壓時引起ΑρΑ§++6·之反應,銀離 f ^+溶&出。脫水後,於洗滌物乾燥之前,金屬(如銀)係以 離子形恶存在來發揮殺菌功能。於洗務物乾燥後,銀並非 以離子,而係以銀鹽之形態存在,不過,當再度於水中浸 ^時矣則再度離子化而恢復殺菌力。亦即,表示係在洗蘇 物之表面實施有抗菌塗敷。 如上述地對洗務物進行抗菌處理(抗菌塗敷)時,應係在洗 f機内設置將一對電極放入盒内之離子溶出單元即可。但 :衣機内部配置有各種構成要素,為求避免造成洗衣 之型化,不易挪出設置離子溶出單元之空間。此外, 内藏離子溶出單元之洗衣機僅可進行抗菌處 對消費者提供足夠的便利。 I不此 卜離子冷出單疋之電極隨使用而逐漸消耗,金離 子之溶出量減少。旦*Q A β $ 、 長期使用時,金屬離子之溶出量不移定, 而無法確保特定之溶出量。因此長期間使用之離子;出單 88498-941025.doc 1252268 几項迻個更換,或是至少電極需要更換。 疋,離子溶出單元裝入洗衣機内時,若不分解洗衣機 則無法更換,對使用者而言是負擔非常大之作業。為求減 輕作案车綠 录于,,雖亦考慮設置將離子溶出單元拆裝於洗衣 用中 入開口,但是,如此則造成洗衣機之構造複雜化, 而導致製造成本提高。 、 【發明内容】 —有鑑於以上問題,本發明之目的在於可將於洗條物之抗 菌處=用之水中溶出金屬離子之離子溶出單^輕易地組合 於先前構造之洗衣機内來使用。此外,可輕易地進行離子 >谷出單元之更換。 亦即,本發明之目的在於即使供水裝置(如洗衣機)原本不 具備產生金屬離子之離子產生部,仍可輕易實現與具備離 子產生部之供水裝置相同之功能。 為求達成上述目的,本發明提出如下構造之抗菌處理 置。 ⑴包含:離子溶出單元,其係於電極間施加電愿而生成 :屬離子’·及該離子溶出單元之電源單元;前述離子溶出 單元之盒具備:流人口 ’其係、連接供水軟f;及流出口, 其係對於洗衣機之供水閥可拆裝地連通連接。 由於該構造對於洗衣機之供水部,係外加離子溶出單 元,因此洗衣機之構造與先前者相同。,亦即,可將現有之 洗衣機轉用於附抗菌處理功能之洗衣機。此外,長期間使 用後之離子溶出單元更換作業亦極簡單。 88498-941025.doc 1252268 (2) 包含:離子溶出單,苴 疋,、係於電極間施加電壓而生成 金屬離子;及該離子溶出星 卞/合出早70之電源單元;前述離子溶出 Γ之至少一部分具備可浸入水之盒,該盒將水導至前述 "極之通水口設於前述可浸入水部。 由於該構造係使離子 合出早兀之盒浸入水中,並自通水 口將水¥入盒内來進行全屬 ^ ^ 屬離子之溶出,因此無須在洗衣 機内故置安裝、保持離 雕千,合出早疋之特別構造。此外,亦 …須連接供水軟管至離子 千岭出早兀。此外,由於係在貯存1252268 发明Invention Description: [Technical Field] The present invention relates to an antibacterial treatment device capable of antibacterial treatment of a detergent by metal ions. [Prior Art] When washing in a washing machine, a processing substance is usually added to water (particularly, washing water). - General processing materials are softeners and poly-polymers. Further, there has recently been an increasing demand for processing for making laundry resistant to antibacterial properties. From a health point of view, the washables should be exposed to the sun. However, in recent years, with women (4) improvement and small family development, there is no increase in the number of families at home. This type of family can only be dried indoors. Even if there is still a man at home at noon, it is still indoors to dry in the rain. It is easier to breed bacteria and mildew gentlemen in indoors than in Beijing. In the high-humidity and low-temperature conditions such as the rainy season, the laundry needs to be dried for a long time: this situation is more remarkable. When the bacteria are in serious condition, the laundry will be odorous. Therefore, the family that can only be dried indoors in the room, for the breeding of each cockroach, requires the antibacterial treatment of the cloth. 0 Adding the antibacterial and deodorizing processing and antibacterial processing on the tf fiber: 2: 疋, family The inner fiber products are all low in antibacterial and deodorizing processing. ☆ The effect of antibacterial and deodorant processing will also decrease with the repeated washing. This creates the concept of antibacterial treatment of the laundry during the washing. For example, it is disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 88498-941025.doc 1252268 An electric washing machine for an ion generating machine that produces a sterilizing metal such as silver ions or steel ions (four). Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 2-93691 discloses a washing machine that can be sterilized by generating an electric field into a cleaning liquid. A washing machine equipped with a silver ion adding unit that adds silver ions to washing water is disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2001-276484. Further, in the antibacterial treatment method in the 'washing step', the use of metal ions is effective and practical. This is because a pair of electrodes are immersed in water, and a metal material is eluted from the electrode on the anode side by applying a voltage ' between the electrodes. For example, when the anode is silver, it causes a reaction of ΑρΑ§++6 when the voltage is applied, and silver is dissolved from f^+. After dehydration, the metal (e.g., silver) exhibits a bactericidal function in the presence of ionic impurities before the laundry is dried. After the washings are dried, the silver is not in the form of ions but in the form of silver salts. However, when it is once again immersed in water, it is re-ionized to restore the bactericidal power. That is, it means that the antibacterial coating is applied to the surface of the laundry. When the laundry is subjected to antibacterial treatment (antibacterial coating) as described above, an ion elution unit in which a pair of electrodes are placed in the cartridge may be provided in the washing machine. However, there are various components in the interior of the clothes machine. In order to avoid the type of laundry, it is difficult to remove the space for setting the ion elution unit. In addition, the washing machine with the built-in ion elution unit can only provide sufficient convenience for the consumer in the antibacterial area. I do not use this electrode to gradually consume the electrode of the single enthalpy, and the amount of elution of the gold ion is reduced. When *Q A β $ is used, the amount of metal ions eluted is not fixed, and the specific amount of dissolution cannot be ensured. Therefore, the ions used for a long period of time; the order 88498-941025.doc 1252268 several items are replaced, or at least the electrodes need to be replaced.疋 When the ion elution unit is installed in the washing machine, it cannot be replaced without disassembling the washing machine, which is a very burdensome operation for the user. In order to reduce the lightness of the green car, it is also considered to disassemble and disassemble the ion elution unit into the opening for the laundry, but this causes the structure of the washing machine to be complicated, resulting in an increase in manufacturing cost. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION In view of the above problems, an object of the present invention is to easily use an ion eluting sheet which dissolves metal ions in the antibacterial portion of the strip to be used in a previously constructed washing machine. In addition, the replacement of the ion > valley unit can be easily performed. That is, the object of the present invention is to easily realize the same function as the water supply device having the ion generating portion even if the water supply device (e.g., the washing machine) does not originally have the ion generating portion for generating metal ions. In order to achieve the above object, the present invention proposes an antibacterial treatment set constructed as follows. (1) comprising: an ion elution unit that generates electricity between the electrodes to generate: a source ion '· and a power supply unit of the ion elution unit; and the cartridge of the ion elution unit has a flow population 'system, and a water supply soft f; And an outlet, which is detachably connected to the water supply valve of the washing machine. Since this configuration is applied to the water supply portion of the washing machine with the addition of the ion eluting unit, the construction of the washing machine is the same as that of the former. That is, the existing washing machine can be transferred to a washing machine with an antibacterial treatment function. In addition, the replacement of the ion elution unit after a long period of use is extremely simple. 88498-941025.doc 1252268 (2) comprising: an ion elution sheet, a ruthenium, a metal ion generated by applying a voltage between the electrodes; and a power supply unit for dissolving the star 卞 合 合 ;; At least a portion of the cartridge is immersed in water, and the cartridge guides the water to the aforementioned "pole water outlet is provided in the aforementioned immersible water portion. Since the structure is such that the box in which the ion is taken out early is immersed in the water, and the water is taken into the box from the water outlet to dissolve the ions belonging to the genus, it is not necessary to install and maintain the embossing in the washing machine. Combine the special structure of the early morning. In addition, ... the water supply hose must be connected to the ion Qianling. In addition, due to the storage

於洗條槽之水中淮# — 進仃離子洛出作業,因此可生成均質之含 離子之水0因此,可/土 /V « Λ1仏 使至屬離子均一地附著於洗滌物上, 獲仔均一之抗菌效果。 一 丹f,長期間使用致使離子溶出單 π之能力降低時,只須 σ 一 、丟棄售的早兀,而使用新的單元即 可,早70之更換手續簡便。 再者,可使離子溶出罝-、夺,丄 ^ 出早凡次入水中者,除洗衣機之洗衣 槽之外,亦可為收納 輕子浴出单元盒之容器。因此,可利 用水桶'洗臉盆及杯子等In the water of the washing tank, the water is removed from the water, so that the water can be produced in a homogeneous manner. Therefore, it is possible to form a homogeneous ion-containing water. Therefore, the soil/V « Λ1仏 allows the genus ions to be uniformly attached to the laundry. Uniform antibacterial effect. A Dan f, when the ability to cause the ion to dissolve a single π is reduced during a long period of time, only σ is required, and the sale of the early sputum is discarded, and the new unit can be used, and the replacement procedure of the early 70 is simple. In addition, the ions can be dissolved in the 罝-, 夺, 丄 ^ out of the water into the water, in addition to the washing machine washing tank, can also be a container for the light bath bath unit. Therefore, it can be used in buckets, washbasins and cups, etc.

寺生成含金屬離子之水。因此,芒 欲進行抗菌處理者孫^ 口此右 者係-塊手帕時,可在小容器中生成足夠 /又泡一塊手帕之少詈. 里3 i屬離子之水,避免水資源浪費。 (3) 在上述之抗菌歩 為電源。 囷处理衣置中,前述電源單元係將電池作 該構造在無法利 源,但是插座數量 (4)上述抗菌處理 通電時間之計時器 用商用電源之場所,或是雖接有商用電 不足之家庭仍可進行抗菌處理。 衣置中’前述電源單元具備設定對電極 88498-941025.doc -10- 1252268 為構造藉由控制通電時間,可溶出配合浸泡洗滌物水量 之里之金屬離子,可確保所需之金屬離子濃度,而提高抗 菌處理之可靠性。 (5) 上述抗菌處理裝置中,前述盒之至少一部分構成可觀 祭内部電極之透視部。 °亥構造可直接以目視確認離子溶出單元内部之電極狀 怨。藉此,使用者可從電極之消耗狀況來判斷離子溶出單 7L之更換時間,可在功能嚴重降低前更換單元。因此可在 隨時發揮充分抗菌處理能力的狀態下使用離子溶出單元。 (6) 本务明之抗菌處理裝置具備離子產生部,其係產生添 力於由仏水I置供給至供水對象之水中之金屬離子,前述 难子產生。卩之構造亦可為可自由取下地設置於前述供水裝 置之外部,且(從自來水之水龍頭)至前述供水裝置之水供給 管路上。 此時,上述之離子產生部如可假設為:(a)藉由在一對電 極間施加電壓,而溶出電極構成金屬之離子之離子溶出單 元;及⑻在圓筒内裝填金屬離子溶出材料(如為銀溶出材料 T則為石瓜化銀等)’藉由使水通過圓筒内,而溶出金屬離 子者。 由於上述構造可在供水裝置(如洗衣機)之外部爾後附加 離子產生部’因此,即使供水裝置原先並無離子產生部者, 仍可輕易實現與具備離子產生部之供水裝置相同之功能。 因此’無需花錢替換供水裝置’而可有效利用現有之供水 裝置。此外’由於離子產生部可在供水裳置之水供給管路 88498-941025.doc -11 - 1252268 上自由取下,因此亦可輕易地進行更換。 ⑺上述抗菌處理裝置中,前述離子產生部亦可由 已(至J2個)電極,前述水流入内部之單 單元構成。 令®之離子洛出 :構造如在一對電極間施加電屢時’溶出 之離子(如銀離子),廿户,古χ⑽-丄 傅风孟屬 紐工 ) L早兀本體内之水尹添加其金屬 。因此’此種添加金屬離子之水係自離子溶元, 裝置而供給至供水對象(如洗衣機),因此供水對象 可確實獲得金屬離子之效果(如抗菌效果)。 j外’電極數為一對(2片)以上即可。即使具有3片及蚓 之猎由對此等電極施加電屢,仍可溶出金屬離子, 而獲付金屬離子之所需效果。 、W上述抗菌處理裝置中,前述離子溶出單元之構造亦可 =步具有.⑷弟-連接部,其係將前述單元本體與從自 =水之水㈣供給之水流動之第—軟管或前述水龍頭連 接’及(b)弟—連接部,盆孫胳於、+、σσ -丄 /、係將別述早7〇本體與供給至前述 供水裝置之水流動之第二軟管或前述供水裝置連接。 上述構造藉由第-連接部可直接或經由第一軟管而間接 ,將離子溶出單元連接於自來水之水龍頭上。此外,藉由 第-連接部可直接或經由第二軟管而間接地將離子溶出單 元連接於供水裝置上。因此’藉由組合此等連接方法,可 增加對於從自來水之水龍頭至供水裝置之水供給管料置 離子溶出單元時之連接方式。如此可實現按照使用者需要 來設置離子溶出單元之方法。 88498-941025.doc -12- 1252268 (9)上述抗菌處理p 元本體-體成形。 極之構造亦可與前述單 本體内::電極與早π本體時,為求將電極裝填於單元 枣體内,而需要將單 丹干几 - 體刀離成至少兩個框體。此時, 在兩個分離框體之貼合 ^此纣 性降低。 刀σ此發生漏水,可能造成密封 但是,本發明將電極盥 於上述貼合部分之位體—體成形時,即無相當 9^ 因此不發生漏水的問題,並可確 η維持早tl本體之密封性。 (10)上述抗菌處理裝置一 7jc ψ . _ 中别述早凡本體之構造亦可形成 出至與料水之流入方向不同之方向之形狀。 違構造即使水流入單元本體之方 使其水之流出方向如形成 /「直方向,仍可 版% 2、— 尺千方向。稭此,即使供水裝置 愈:’谷出早疋之距離過近,仍可避免連接離子溶出單元 水裝置之第二軟管過度彎曲,而可輕鬆延伸。 ⑴)上述抗菌處理裝置之構造亦可進一步具備驅動前述 谷出單元之驅動單^,前述驅動單it具備電壓產生 部’其係產生施加於前述離子溶出單元之前述電極上之電 壓。 上述電壓產生部如可考慮:内藏之電池(Battery)、插入 ,庭用插座之插頭、連接軟線及AC轉接器等。藉由將驅動 單元之電壓產生部所產生之電壓施加於離子溶出單元之電 極’來驅動離子溶出單元’可確實發揮以離子溶出單元自 電極溶出金屬離子之功能。 88498-941025.doc -13 - 1252268 (12)上述抗菌處理裝置中,前述離子溶出單元之構造亦可 進一步具備檢測手段,其係檢測前述單元本體内部有無水 流及其流量中之至少一方。 檢測手段檢測單元本體内部有無水流時,如可在有水流 時,驅動單元才在電極上施加電壓。藉此,僅在欲添加金 屬離子之水流動時,才溶出必要部分之金屬離子,可供給 添加穩定且所需濃度之金屬離子之水。 另外,無水流時,亦即在添加金屬離子之水不存在之狀 悲下,在電極上施加電壓,則是徒然耗費電力,上述構造 則可避免驅動單元耗費電力。 此外,檢測手段檢測單元本體内部之水流之流量時,如 驅動單元可按照其流量來改變施加於電極之電壓或流入電 極之電流,來改變金屬離子之溶出量。藉此,即使因供水 裝置之設置地區,其供給至供水裝置之水流量改變,或是 刻意改變供給至供水對象(如洗衣機)之水流量時,藉由驅動 單元按照上述流量來改變金屬離子溶出量,任何流量均可 使添加金屬離子之水之金屬離子濃度大致保持一定。如此 在抗菌處理上所需之金屬離子量不致發生超過或不足,而 可適切地進行所需之抗菌處理。 (1 3)上述抗菌處理裝置中,前述檢測手段之構造亦可具 有:轉子’其係藉由前述水之通過而旋轉;磁鐵,其係内 包於前述轉子;及磁性檢測部,其係依據前述轉子旋轉時 前述磁鐵產生之磁性變化,來檢測有無水流及其流量中之 至少一方。 88498-941025.doc 14- 1252268 轉子藉由水通過單元本體内部而旋轉時,内包於其轉子 之磁石亦旋轉’同時磁鐵產生之磁性(磁束、磁場)改變。因 此’藉由磁性檢測部檢測該磁性有無變化,可檢測單元本 體内,有無水流,亦即檢測水是否通過單元本體内部。此 T ’藉由磁性檢測部檢測上述磁性變化在每單位時間之改 ^期數’可檢測轉子每單位時間之轉數,並且可檢測流 入單元本體内部之水流量。 因此’檢測手段如上所述地藉由包含:轉子、磁鐵及磁 ^檢測部來構成’可依據前述磁鐵之磁性變化確實地檢測_ 早凡本體内部有無水流及其流量中之至少一方。 (14) 上述抗菌處理裝置中,前述驅動單元之構造亦可進一 步具備控制部,其係控制前述電壓產生部產生之電壓對前 逑電極之施加,前述控制部於前述磁性檢測部檢測出前述 水流時,將前述電壓施加至前述電極上。 上述構於水開始流入單元本體内部時(亦即判斷需要 將金屬離子添加於水中時),可在電極上施加電壓,溶出金 屬離子。藉此’於單元本體内無水流時(亦即籲 屬離子添加於水+拄、、 、 寺)’可避免如在電極上施加電壓,而造 成驅動單元耗費電力。 (15) 上述抗菌處理裝£中,前述驅動單元之構造亦可進— 步具備控制部’其係控制前述電壓產生部產生之電壓對前 l/R 才虽方每 L ,、,、 月1j迷控制部於前述磁性檢測部檢測出前述 机里% ’才安照其檢測出之流量來改變施加於前述電極之電 壓或流入前述電極之電流。 88498-941025.doc -15- 1252268 依供水裝置之設置地區及設置場所,可能由自來水之水 龍頭供給至供水裝置之水流量不同。但是,上述構造之驅 動單疋係按照單元本體内之水流量來改變施加於電極之電 壓或流入電極之電流,並按照上述流量改變金屬離子溶出 里’因此不論供水裝置之設置地區及設置場所為何,均可 使添加金屬離子水之金屬離子濃度大致保持一定。如此在 抗菌處理上所需之金屬離子量不致發生超過或不足,而可 適切地進行所需之抗菌處理。 (16) 上述抗菌處理裝置中,前述檢測手段之構造亦可設計 成可對前述單元本體分離。 上述構造即使因單元本體内之電極消耗而需要更換單元 本體時,'亦無須更換檢測手段’而可有效活用檢測手段。 此外,若檢測手段因故障等而需要更換時,亦無須更換單 元本體内之電極,而可有效活用電極。 (17) 上述抗g處理裝置中,前述驅動單元之構造亦可進— 步具備:振動感測器’其係設於前述供水裝置之外面,並 且依據前述供水裝置之振動,檢测需要溶出金屬離子之= 期;及控制部’其係控制前述電壓產生部產生之電壓對前 述電極之施^前述控制部於前述振動—H檢心^ 時期時’在$述電極上施加前述電壓。 如供水裝置係以洗衣機構成時,洗衣機執行:洗衣步驟、 清洗步驟、脫水步驟、乾燥步驟各洗務㈣。而因各洗, 步驟之運:方,不同(如酬之旋轉速度不同),因此錢 滌步驟之彳,、水裝置之振動情況亦不同。 88498-941025.doc -16- 1252268 另外’金屬離子之溶出,以上述洗蘇步驟而言,至少在 清洗步驟以後進行即可。此因,即使在洗衣步驟中,將添 加金屬離子水供給洗務物,在其次之清洗步驟中,使用未 添加金屬離子之水時’金屬離子仍會流失,無法使金屬離 子附著於洗蘇物上’先前供給之金屬離子形成浪費而益效 率。因此’此種情況下’清洗步驟係可有效使金屬離子附 著於洗滌物上之需要溶出金屬離子之時期。 此外’振動感測器可採用以下方法,依據供水裝置之振 動,檢測需要溶出金屬離子之時期。如振動感測器藉由構φ 成供水裝置之洗務槽、擾拌構件(授拌翼(pulsat〇〇、馬達 等轉數不同而產生之振動週期差異’來檢測需要溶出金屬 離子之洗滌步驟(如清洗步驟)。 控制部於振動感測器依據供水農置之振動檢測出需要溶 出至屬離子之4期(上述例中為清洗步驟之運轉期間)時,藉 由在離子洛出單凡之電極上施加電壓,溶出金屬離子,在 需要溶出金屬離子之時期,可自動地溶出金屬離子。亦即, 此種情況下’無須由使用者手動輸入來操作對電極施加電φ 壓之接通/斷開,可僅在更有效之步驟中溶出金屬離子。 OS)上述抗菌處理裝置中,前述驅動單S之構造亦可自由 取下地配置於前述供水裝置之外部。 驅動單元之配置位置,如可假設在供水裝置之外面及供 水^置近旁之側壁等。藉由驅動單元自由取下地配置於供 :裝置之外部,可在爾後附加離子溶出單元及驅動單元。 藉此’即使現有之供水褒置未配置離子溶出單元,仍可輕 88498-941025.doc -17- 1252268 易貫現與配置離子溶出單元及驅動單元之供水装置相門之 功能。因此,現有之供水裝置無需花錢替換,而可有效利 用現有之供水裝置。此外,由於驅動單元係設於供水裝置 外部,因此,當故障及電池到達壽限時,驅動單元之修理 及更換電池亦容易。 (1 9)上述抗菌處理裝置中,前述供水裝置之構造亦可為供 供水至前述供水對象之洗滌物之洗衣機。 供水裝置為洗衣機時,由於可對洗衣機爾後附加本發明 之抗菌處理裝置,因此即使是現有之洗衣機,仍可實現與 可溶出金屬離子之洗衣機相同之功能等,洗衣幾可獲得上 述本發明之效果。 【實施方式】 〔第一種實施形態〕 以下’依據圖式說明本發明之實施形態。首先,依據圖 1〜圖9說明第一種實施形態。 圖1係顯示洗衣機i之整體構造之垂直剖面圖。洗衣⑴ 係全自動型者,並具備外箱10。外箱1〇係立方體形狀,並 藉由金屬或合成樹脂成形’其上面及底面形成開口部。在 外箱H)之上面開口部上蓋上合成樹脂製之上面板u。上面 板11係以螺絲固定於該外箱1 〇上。 圖1中之左側為洗衣機1之正面,右側為背面。位於背面 側之上面板U之上面蓋上同樣為合成樹脂製之後方面板 (BaCkP_l)12。後方面板12以螺絲固定於上面板^上。在 外箱H)之底面開口部蓋上合成樹脂製之基㈣。基座咖 88498-941025.doc -18- Ϊ252268 螺絲固定於外箱1〇上。另外,以上所述之螺絲之圖式均省 略0 在基座13之四個角落設有將外箱1〇支撐於地板上用之腳 部14a,14b。背面側之腳部14b係一體成形於基座13之固定 腳。正面側之腳部14a係可改變高度之螺絲腳,旋轉該螺絲 腳來保持洗衣機1平穩。 在上面板11上設有將洗滌物投入後述之洗滌槽用之洗條 物投入口 15。而後設有蓋16,自上方覆蓋洗滌物投入口 15。 盖16以絞鏈部1 7結合於上面板11,在垂直面内扳動。 外箱10内部配置有:水槽20及兼脫水槽之洗滌槽3〇。水 槽20及洗滌槽30均呈上面開口之圓筒形之槽形狀,各個輛 線垂直,以水槽20於外側,洗滌槽30於内側之形式同心地 配置。水槽20係藉由懸吊構件21垂掛。懸吊構件21係以連 結水槽20外面下部與外箱1 〇内面角落部之形態配置於合計 四處,支撐水槽20可在水平面内搖動。 洗務槽3 0具有朝向上方以緩和之錐角擴大之周壁。該周 壁上’除在其最上部配置成環狀之數個脫水孔3丨之外,並 無通過液體之開口部。亦即,洗滌槽30係所謂「無孔」型。 在洗務槽3 0上部開口部邊緣安裝有環狀之平衡器3 2,其係 發揮抑制用於洗滌物脫水而使洗滌槽30高速旋轉時之振動 之功能。於洗滌槽30之内部底面配置有攪拌翼33,其係用 於在槽内產生洗滌水或清洗水之流動。 在水槽20之下面安裝有驅動單元4〇。驅動單元4〇包含·· 馬達4 1、離合器機構42及制動器機構43,自其中心部,使 88498-941025.doc -19- 1252268 脫水軸44及攪拌翼軸45向上突出。脫水軸44及攪拌翼軸45 形成脫水軸44在外側,攪拌翼軸45在内側之雙重軸構造, 進入水槽20中後,脫水軸44連結於洗滌槽30將其予以支 撐。攪拌翼軸4 5進一步進入洗滌槽3 0中,連結於擾拌翼3 3 將其予以支樓。在脫水軸44與水槽20之間,及脫水軸44與 攪拌翼軸45之間分別配置有防止漏水用之密封構件。 在後方面板12下方空間配置有電磁性開啟、關閉之供水 閥50。連接管51及供水管52自供水閥50伸出。連接管51向 後方面板12之上面突出,此處可拆裝地連結有離子溶出單 元1〇〇。離子溶出單元1〇〇之構造及功能於後詳細說明。另 外’供水管52在後方面板12下方於水平方向上延伸,而連 接於谷器狀之供水口 5 3。供水口 5 3位於面臨洗滌槽3 〇内部 之位置’並具有圖2所示之構造。 圖2係供水口 53之模型垂直剖面圖,係自正面側觀察之形 怨。供水口 53在上面設有開口,其内部區隔成左右。左側 之隔間係洗衣劑室54,形成放入洗衣劑前之準備空間。右 側之隔間係添加劑室55,形成放入洗滌用添加劑前之準備 工間。在洗衣劑室54底部正面側設有注入於洗滌槽3〇之橫 長之注水口 56。在添加劑室55内設有虹吸部57。 虹吸部57包含:自添加劑室55之底面垂直豎立之内管 57a,及覆蓋於内管57a之帽狀之外管57b。在内管57a與外 吕57b之間形成有水通過間隙。内管57&之底部向洗滌槽π 邛開口外管5 7b之下端保持與添加劑室5 5底面之特定 审"亥處成為水之入口。於添加劑室5 5内注入水至超過 88498-941025.doc -20 - 1252268 内管57a之上端時,引起虹吸作用,水通過虹吸部57,自添 加劑室55吸出,向洗滌槽30落下。 供水閥50包含:主供水閥50a與子供水閥5〇b。連接管51 共用於主供水閥50a及子供水閥50b兩者。供水管52包含: 連接於主供水閥50a之主供水管52a,與連接於子供水閥5〇b 之子供水管52b。 主供水管52a連接於洗衣劑室54,子供水管52b連接於添 加劑室55。亦即,自主供水管52a通過洗衣劑室54而注入洗 滌槽30之路徑;與自子供水管52b通過添加劑室卩而注入洗修 務槽30之路徑形成不同系統。 回到圖1繼續說明。在水槽2〇之底部安裝有將水槽2〇及洗 滌槽30中之水排出至外箱1〇外之排水軟管6〇。水自排水管 61及排水管62流入排水軟管6〇。排水管61連接於水槽2〇底 面之靠近外周處。排水管62連接於水槽2〇底面之靠近中心 處。 在水槽20之内部底面固定有環狀之隔壁63,將排水管62 之連接位置包圍於内側。在隔壁63之上部安裝有環狀之密鲁 封構件64。藉由該密封構件64接觸於固定於洗滌槽3〇底部 外面之碟65之外周面,而形成在水槽2〇與洗滌槽3〇之間獨 立之排水空間6 6。#水空間6 6經由設置於洗務槽3 〇底部之 排水口 67而連通於洗滌槽3〇之内部。 时排水管62内設有電磁性開啟、關閉之排水_。在排水 管62之排水閥68上游側之位置設有空氣收集器… ap)69導壓官70自空氣收集器69伸出。在導壓管之上 88498-941025.doc •21- 1252268 端連接有水位開關7 1。 在外箱10之正面側配置有控制部8〇。控制部8〇位於上面 板π下方’並通過設於上面板η上面之操作/顯示部81,接 收來自使用者之操作指令,向驅動單元4〇、供水閥5〇及排 水閥68發出動作指令。此外,控制部8〇對操作/顯示部8丨發 出顯不指令。 以下說明洗衣機1之動作。打開蓋16,自洗滌物投入口 15 投入洗滌物至洗滌槽30中。於供水口 53之洗衣劑室54内放 入洗衣劑。必要時,在供水口 53之添加劑室55内放入添加 劑。另外,添加劑亦可於洗滌步驟中途放入。 完成洗衣劑之投入準備後,關閉蓋16,並操作操作/顯示 邛8 1之操作按鈕群來選擇洗滌條件。最後按下啟動按鈕, 而按照圖3〜圖6之流程圖執行洗滌步驟。 圖3係顯示整個洗滌步驟之流程圖σ步驟S2〇i中確認是否 選擇有在没定之時刻開始洗滌之所謂預約運轉。選擇有預 約運轉時進入步驟S206。未選擇時進入步驟S2〇2。 進入步驟S206時,確認是否到達開始運轉時刻。到達開 始運轉時刻時,進入步驟S2〇2。 於步驟S202中,確認是否選擇有洗衣步驟。選擇有洗衣 步驟時進入步驟S300。步驟S300之洗衣步驟内容,另外在 圖4之流程圖中說明。於洗衣步驟結束後,進入步驟s2〇3。 未選擇洗衣步驟時,則自步驟S2〇2直接進入步驟s2〇3。 於步驟S203中,確認是否選擇有清洗步驟。選擇時進入 步驟S400。步驟剛之清洗步驟之内容另外在圖^流程圖 88498-941025.doc -22- 1252268 中說明。於清洗步驟結束後進入步驟8204。未選擇、、主、牛 驟時,則自步驟S203直接進入步驟S2〇4。 h 乂 於步驟S204中,確認是否選擇有脫水步驟。選擇時進入 步驟S5 00。步驟S5 00之脫水步驟内衮另々k — , 谷另外在圖6之流程圖中 說明。脫水步驟結束後進入步驟S205。去搜姐『, 木k释脫水步驟時, 則自步驟S204直接進入步驟S205。 於步驟S205中,控制部80(特別是其中所含之運算裝置 (微電腦))之結束處理係按照順序自動進行。並以結I二立 告知洗滌步驟完成。全部步驟結束後,洗衣機1準備下 洗條步驟’並以電源斷開(0 F F)狀態待用。 繼續,依據圖4〜圖6說明洗衣、清洗、脫水各個步驟。 圖4係洗衣步驟之流程圖。於步驟83〇1中,水位開關μ 取付4双測之洗務槽3 0内之水位資料。於步驟$ 3 〇 2中,確句、 是否選擇有容量感測。選擇時進入步驟S3〇8。未選擇時則 自步驟S302直接進入步驟S303。 於步驟S308中,藉由攪拌翼33之旋轉負荷測定洗滌物 量。容量感測後進入步驟S303。 於步驟S 3 0 3中’主供水閥5 0 a開啟,水通過主供水管5 2 a 及供水口 5 3注入洗條槽3 0内。放入供水口 5 3之洗衣劑室5 4 内之洗衣劑亦與水混合而投入洗滌槽3〇内。排水閥68關 閉。水位開關71檢測設定水位後,關閉主供水閥50a。而後 進入步驟S304。 於步驟S304中進行融合運轉。亦即攪拌翼33反轉旋轉, 在水中搖動洗滌物,使洗滌物與水融合。藉此,使水被洗 88498-941025.doc -23 - 1252268 滌物充分吸收。並排出積存於洗滌物各處之空氣。融合運 轉結果’水位開關7 1檢測之水位低於當初設定時,在步驟 S305中打開主供水閥5(^補充水分,來恢復設定水位。 另外’選擇進行「布料感測」之洗滌程序時,在融合運 轉之同時貫施布料感測。進行融合運轉後,檢測水位從設 定水位之變化,於水位低於規定值以上時,則判斷為吸水 性高之布料。 於步驟S305中獲得穩定之設定水位後,進入步驟S3〇6。 馬達4 1按照使用者之設定以特定之模式旋轉攪拌翼3 3,在籲 洗滌槽30中形成洗滌用之主水流。藉由該主水流進行洗滌 物之洗滌。脫水軸44被制動器裝置43制動時,即使洗滌水 及洗務物移動,洗務槽3 〇仍不旋轉。 主水机之期間結束後進入步驟S3〇7。於步驟S3〇7中,攪 拌翼33短促反轉理開洗滌物,使洗滌物均衡地分散於洗滌 槽30中。此因準備進行洗滌槽3〇之脫水旋轉。 繼續,依據圖5之流程圖說明清洗步驟之内容。首先進入 步S500之脫水步驟,該步驟以圖6之流程圖作說明。脫水鲁 後進入步驟S401。於步驟84〇1中,主供水閥5〇a打開,供水 至設定水位。 供水後,進入步驟S4〇2。於步驟以〇2中,進行融合運轉。 融合運轉與洗衣步驟之步驟S3〇4進行者相同。 融。運轉後,進入步驟S4〇3。融合運轉結果,水位開關 71檢測之水位低於當初水位時,打開主供水閥5〇a補充水 分,來恢復設定水位。 88498-941025.doc -24· 1252268 恢復在步驟S403所設定之水位後,進入步驟S4〇4。馬達 41按照使用者之設定’以特定之模式旋轉攪拌翼33,在洗 U 3 a t HA ffl t ϋ A ° &該主水流進行洗務物 之清洗。脫水軸44被制動器裝置43制動時,即使清洗水及 洗務物移動,洗滌槽30仍不旋轉。 主水机之期間結束後進入步驟S405。於步驟S4〇5中,授 拌翼33短促反轉理開洗滌物。藉此,使洗滌物均衡地分散 於洗滌槽30中,準備進行脫水旋轉。 ^ j述說明中,係在洗滌槽30中進行預先積存清洗水來進 行β洗之「積存清洗」,不過有的是低速旋轉洗滌槽川, 同時進行自供水口53注人水之「沖淋注水」。不論採用何 種方式,或是同時採用兩者,係藉由使用者之選擇來決定。 繼續,依據圖6之流程圖來說明脫水步驟之内容。首先於 步驟S501中打開排水閥68。洗滌槽3〇中之洗滌水通過排水 空間66而排水。排水閥68於脫水步驟中持續打開。 自洗滌物中抽出大部分之洗滌水後,切換離合器裝置42 及制動器裝置43。離合器裝置42及制動器裝置43之切換時 間可於開始排水前,或是亦可與排水同時。此時馬達41使 脫水軸44旋轉。藉此,洗滌槽30進行脫水旋轉。攪拌翼33 亦與洗海:槽3 0同時旋轉。 洗條槽3 0向速旋轉時,洗滌物藉由離心力而擠壓於洗務 槽30之内周壁。洗滌物内所含之洗滌水亦集中於洗滌槽30 之周壁内面’不過如前述,由於洗條槽3 0係錐角狀地向上 方擴大’因此受到離心力之洗滌水在洗滌槽3〇之内面上 88498-94l025.doc -25 - 1252268 昇。洗滌水流向洗滌槽30上端後,自脫水孔31放出。離開 脫水孔3 1之洗條水甩到水槽2 〇内面,並經過水槽2 〇内面而 洛入水槽20底部。而後’上述洗務水通過排水管6 1,繼續 通過排水軟管60排出至外箱1 〇之外。 圖6之流程圖之構造,係於步驟S5〇2中進行比較低速之脫 水運轉後,於步&S503中進行高速之脫水運轉。於步驟yog 後進入步驟S504。於步驟S504中,切斷對馬達41之通電, 進行停止處理。 再者,供水閥50係經由連接管5丨而連結離子溶出單元 _ 1〇〇。以下依據圖7〜圖9,說明離子溶出單元1〇〇之構造與功 能,及安裝於洗衣機1所發揮角色。 圖7及圖8係離子溶出單元1〇〇之剖面圖,其中圖7係垂直 剖面圖,圖8係模型顯示之水平剖面圖。離子溶出單元1〇() 具有由合成樹脂、石夕、橡膠等絕緣材料構成之筒形盒ιι〇。 盒110係將統形狀之軸線水平地配置,筒狀之流入口⑴自 一方侧向上突出,筒狀之流出口 112自另一方側向下突出。 流入口 ill在外面具有公螺部llla,流出口 ιΐ2在内面具籲 有母螺。卩112a。藉由將流出口丨12之母螺部丨12_設於連接 官51外面之公螺部螺合,盒11〇連接於連接管51,並與供水 閥· 50連通。在母螺部U2a最深部分配置有〇形環(〇The temple produces water containing metal ions. Therefore, when you want to carry out antibacterial treatment, you can create enough handkerchiefs in a small container to make a handkerchief in a small container. The 3i is an ion water to avoid wasting water. (3) The above antibacterial 歩 is a power source. In the handling of the clothes, the power supply unit is not capable of making the battery as the structure, but the number of sockets (4) is the place where the timer for the antibacterial treatment power-on time is used for the commercial power source, or the family that is not equipped with commercial power is still Antibacterial treatment is available. In the clothing unit, the power supply unit has a setting counter electrode 88498-941025.doc -10- 1252268. The structure can control the energization time to dissolve the metal ions in the water content of the immersion washing material, thereby ensuring the required metal ion concentration. Improve the reliability of antibacterial treatment. (5) In the above antibacterial treatment device, at least a part of the cartridge constitutes a see-through portion of the inner electrode that can be observed. The °H structure can directly visually confirm the electrode-like complaint inside the ion elution unit. Thereby, the user can judge the replacement time of the ion elution sheet 7L from the consumption state of the electrode, and the unit can be replaced before the function is seriously degraded. Therefore, the ion elution unit can be used in a state where sufficient antibacterial treatment ability can be exerted at any time. (6) The antibacterial treatment device according to the present invention includes an ion generating unit that generates a metal ion that is supplied to the water to be supplied by the hydrophobic water I, and the above-mentioned difficulty occurs. The structure of the crucible may be provided freely detachable from the outside of the water supply device and (from the tap of the tap water) to the water supply line of the water supply device. In this case, the ion generating unit may be assumed to be: (a) an ion eluting unit that forms a metal ion by applying a voltage between a pair of electrodes; and (8) loading a metal ion eluting material in the cylinder ( In the case of the silver eluting material T, it is a silver squash, etc.] 'The metal ion is eluted by passing water through the cylinder. Since the above configuration can add the ion generating portion to the outside of the water supply device (e.g., the washing machine), even if the water supply device originally has no ion generating portion, the same function as the water supplying device having the ion generating portion can be easily realized. Therefore, the existing water supply device can be effectively utilized without having to spend money to replace the water supply device. In addition, since the ion generating portion can be freely removed from the water supply line 88498-941025.doc -11 - 1252268 of the water supply, it can be easily replaced. (7) In the above antibacterial treatment device, the ion generating unit may be composed of a single unit (to J2) electrodes, and the water flows into the inside. The ion of the ® is released: the structure is such as the application of electricity between a pair of electrodes. The dissolved ions (such as silver ions), Seto, the ancient χ (10) - 丄 风 孟 孟 纽 纽 纽 ) L L L L L metal. Therefore, the water to which the metal ions are added is supplied from the ionic solvent to the water supply target (e.g., a washing machine), so that the water supply object can surely obtain the effect of the metal ions (e.g., the antibacterial effect). The number of electrodes outside j may be one pair (two pieces) or more. Even if there are three pieces of enamel, the metal ions are dissolved by the electrodes, and the desired effect of the metal ions is obtained. In the above-mentioned antibacterial treatment device, the structure of the ion elution unit may have a (4) di-connecting portion, which is a first hose that flows the water supplied from the water (four) of the water or The faucet is connected to the faucet connection and the (b) brother-connecting portion, the pottery is in the +, σσ-丄/, and the body is supplied with the second hose or the water supplied to the water supply device. Device connection. The above configuration can connect the ion elution unit to the tap of the tap water by the first connection portion directly or indirectly via the first hose. Further, the ion eluting unit can be indirectly connected to the water supply device by the first connecting portion directly or via the second hose. Therefore, by combining these connection methods, it is possible to increase the connection mode when the ion elution unit is supplied to the water supply pipe from the tap of the tap water to the water supply device. This makes it possible to set the ion elution unit according to the needs of the user. 88498-941025.doc -12- 1252268 (9) The above antibacterial treatment p-substance body-body formation. The structure of the pole can also be combined with the above-mentioned single body: the electrode and the early π body, in order to fill the electrode in the unit, it is necessary to separate the single-body knife into at least two frames. At this time, the adhesion between the two separate frames is reduced. The water leakage of the knife σ may cause a seal. However, in the present invention, when the electrode is formed in the body of the above-mentioned bonding portion, there is no problem of water leakage, and the problem of water leakage does not occur. Sealing. (10) The antibacterial treatment device described above may be formed into a shape different from the direction in which the material flows in, as described in the structure of the body. In violation of the structure, even if the water flows into the unit body so that the water outflow direction is formed/"straight direction, it can still be versioned 2, - thousands of directions. Straw, even if the water supply device is more: 'the distance from the valley is too close The second hose connected to the ion discharge unit water device can be prevented from being excessively bent, and can be easily extended. (1) The structure of the antibacterial treatment device can further include a driving unit for driving the above-mentioned grain output unit, and the driving unit is provided with The voltage generating unit generates a voltage applied to the electrode of the ion eluting unit. The voltage generating unit can be considered as follows: a built-in battery, a plug, a plug for a socket, a connecting cord, and an AC transfer. The function of applying the voltage generated by the voltage generating portion of the driving unit to the electrode 'of the ion eluting unit to drive the ion eluting unit' can surely function to elute the metal ions from the electrode by the ion eluting unit. 88498-941025.doc -13 - 1252268 (12) In the above antibacterial treatment device, the structure of the ion elution unit may further include a detection means for detecting The unit body has at least one of a waterless flow and a flow rate therein. When the detecting means detects that there is no water flow inside the main body, the driving unit applies a voltage to the electrode when there is a water flow, thereby only adding metal ions. When the water flows, only the necessary part of the metal ions are dissolved, and water which is added with a stable and desired concentration of metal ions can be supplied. In addition, when the water is not flowing, that is, the water in which the metal ions are added does not exist, on the electrode When the voltage is applied, the power is consumed in vain. The above structure can avoid the power consumption of the driving unit. Further, when the detecting means detects the flow of the water flow inside the unit body, for example, the driving unit can change the voltage applied to the electrode or flow into the electrode according to the flow rate thereof. The current is used to change the amount of elution of the metal ions. Thereby, even if the water flow rate supplied to the water supply device changes due to the installation area of the water supply device, or the water flow rate supplied to the water supply object (such as a washing machine) is intentionally changed, The driving unit changes the metal ion elution amount according to the above flow rate, and any flow rate can be added. The metal ion concentration of the metal ion-added water is kept substantially constant. Thus, the amount of metal ions required for the antibacterial treatment is not excessive or insufficient, and the desired antibacterial treatment can be appropriately performed. (1) The above antibacterial treatment device The structure of the detecting means may further include: a rotor that rotates by passing the water; a magnet that is wrapped in the rotor; and a magnetic detecting portion that changes magnetic properties of the magnet when the rotor rotates To detect at least one of the waterless flow and its flow rate. 88498-941025.doc 14- 1252268 When the rotor is rotated by the water passing through the inside of the unit body, the magnet contained in the rotor also rotates while the magnet generates magnetism (magnetic flux, The magnetic field changes. Therefore, it is detected by the magnetic detecting unit whether or not the magnetic property changes, and there is no water flow in the body of the detecting unit, that is, whether the water passes through the inside of the unit body. This T' can detect the number of revolutions per unit time of the rotor by detecting the change in the number of revolutions per unit time of the magnetic change by the magnetic detecting portion, and can detect the flow rate of water flowing into the inside of the unit body. Therefore, the detecting means includes the rotor, the magnet, and the magnetic detecting portion as described above, and can reliably detect at least one of the non-aqueous flow inside the body and the flow rate thereof based on the magnetic change of the magnet. (14) In the antibacterial treatment device, the structure of the driving unit may further include a control unit that controls application of a voltage generated by the voltage generating unit to the front electrode, and the control unit detects the water flow in the magnetic detecting unit At the time, the aforementioned voltage is applied to the aforementioned electrode. When the water starts to flow into the inside of the unit body (i.e., when it is determined that metal ions are required to be added to the water), a voltage can be applied to the electrodes to elute the metal ions. By this, when there is no water flow in the unit body (i.e., the addition of ions to water + 拄, 、, 寺), it is possible to avoid the application of a voltage on the electrodes, which causes the drive unit to consume electric power. (15) In the above-described antibacterial treatment device, the structure of the driving unit may further include a control unit that controls the voltage generated by the voltage generating unit to the front l/R, but every L, ,, and month 1j The fan control unit detects the current detected by the magnetic detecting unit to change the current applied to the electrode or the current flowing into the electrode. 88498-941025.doc -15- 1252268 Depending on the installation area and installation location of the water supply unit, the water flow from the tap water tap to the water supply unit may be different. However, the drive unit of the above configuration changes the voltage applied to the electrode or the current flowing into the electrode according to the water flow rate in the unit body, and changes the metal ion elution according to the above flow rate. Therefore, regardless of the installation area and installation location of the water supply device, The concentration of metal ions added to the metal ion water can be kept substantially constant. Thus, the amount of metal ions required for the antibacterial treatment does not occur excessively or insufficiently, and the desired antibacterial treatment can be appropriately performed. (16) In the above antibacterial treatment device, the structure of the detecting means may be designed to be separable from the unit body. In the above configuration, even if the unit body needs to be replaced due to the electrode consumption in the unit body, the detection means can be effectively utilized without the need to replace the detecting means. Further, if the detecting means needs to be replaced due to a failure or the like, it is not necessary to replace the electrode in the unit body, and the electrode can be effectively utilized. (17) In the above-described anti-g treatment device, the structure of the driving unit may further include: a vibration sensor that is disposed outside the water supply device, and detects a metal to be eluted according to vibration of the water supply device And a control unit that controls the voltage generated by the voltage generating unit to apply the voltage to the electrode when the control unit applies the control unit to the vibration-H detection period. When the water supply device is constituted by a washing machine, the washing machine performs: a washing step, a washing step, a dehydrating step, and a drying step (four). Because of the washing, the steps are different: (if the rotation speed is different), the vibration of the water device is different. 88498-941025.doc -16- 1252268 Further, the elution of the metal ions may be carried out at least after the washing step in the above-described washing step. Therefore, even in the washing step, metal ion water is added to supply the washing material, and in the second cleaning step, when the water is not added with metal ions, the metal ions are still lost, and the metal ions cannot be attached to the laundry. The metal ions previously supplied are wasteful and efficient. Therefore, the "cleaning step" in this case is effective for attaching metal ions to the period of time on which the metal ions need to be eluted. Further, the vibration sensor can detect the period in which metal ions need to be eluted according to the vibration of the water supply device by the following method. For example, the vibration sensor detects a washing step requiring elution of metal ions by forming a washing tank of a water supply device, a disturbing member (a difference in vibration period caused by a different number of revolutions such as a pulsat〇〇, a motor, etc.) (such as the cleaning step). The control unit detects the need to dissolve to the genus ion in the fourth stage (in the above example, during the operation of the cleaning step) according to the vibration of the water supply farm, by A voltage is applied to the electrode to dissolve the metal ions, and the metal ions are automatically eluted during the period in which the metal ions need to be eluted. That is, in this case, it is not necessary to manually input the user to operate the electrode to apply the electric φ voltage. / Disconnecting, metal ions can be eluted only in a more efficient step. OS) In the above antibacterial treatment device, the structure of the drive unit S can be freely removed and disposed outside the water supply device. It can be assumed that the outside of the water supply device and the side wall of the water supply and the like are disposed. The drive unit is freely removed and disposed outside the device, and can be attached later. Dissolution unit and drive unit. By using this, even if the existing water supply unit is not equipped with an ion elution unit, it can be easily connected to the water supply unit equipped with the ion dissolution unit and the drive unit. Therefore, the existing water supply device can effectively utilize the existing water supply device without costly replacement. Moreover, since the drive unit is external to the water supply device, when the fault and the battery reach the life limit, the drive unit is repaired and replaced. In the above-described antibacterial treatment device, the structure of the water supply device may be a washing machine that supplies water to the water supply target. When the water supply device is a washing machine, the antibacterial agent of the present invention may be attached to the washing machine. According to the processing apparatus, even in the conventional washing machine, the same functions as those of the washing machine capable of dissolving metal ions can be realized, and the effects of the present invention can be obtained by the laundry machine. [Embodiment] [First Embodiment] The embodiment of the present invention will be described. First, the first implementation will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 9. Fig. 1 is a vertical sectional view showing the overall structure of a washing machine i. The washing machine (1) is a fully automatic type and has an outer box 10. The outer box 1 is in the shape of a cube and is formed of metal or synthetic resin. An opening is formed in the bottom surface, and a synthetic resin upper panel u is placed on the upper opening of the outer casing H). The upper plate 11 is screwed to the outer casing 1 。. The left side of Fig. 1 is the front side of the washing machine 1, and the right side is the back side. The upper surface of the panel U on the back side is covered with a synthetic resin (BaCkP_l) 12 as well. The rear panel 12 is screwed to the upper panel ^. A base made of synthetic resin (4) is placed on the bottom opening of the outer casing H). Base coffee 88498-941025.doc -18- Ϊ252268 Screws are fixed on the outer box 1〇. Further, the patterns of the screws described above are omitted. 0 The four corners of the base 13 are provided with the legs 14a, 14b for supporting the outer box 1〇 on the floor. The leg portion 14b on the back side is integrally formed on the fixed leg of the base 13. The front side leg portion 14a is a screw foot which can change the height, and the screw foot is rotated to keep the washing machine 1 stable. The upper panel 11 is provided with a laundry inlet 15 for feeding the laundry into a washing tank to be described later. Then, a cover 16 is provided to cover the laundry input port 15 from above. The cover 16 is coupled to the upper panel 11 by a hinge portion 17 and is pulled in a vertical plane. Inside the outer casing 10, a water tank 20 and a washing tank 3 that also serves as a dewatering tank are disposed. The water tank 20 and the washing tank 30 are each in the shape of a cylindrical groove having an open top, and each of the wires is vertical, and the water tank 20 is disposed outside, and the washing tank 30 is disposed concentrically on the inner side. The water tank 20 is suspended by the suspension member 21. The suspension member 21 is disposed at a total of four locations in which the outer lower portion of the water tank 20 and the inner corner portion of the outer casing 1 are connected, and the support water tank 20 can be rocked in the horizontal plane. The washing tank 30 has a peripheral wall that expands toward the upper side with a gentle taper angle. On the peripheral wall, except for the plurality of dehydration holes 3 which are arranged in a ring shape at the uppermost portion thereof, there is no opening portion through which the liquid passes. That is, the washing tub 30 is of a so-called "non-porous" type. An annular balancer 3 2 is attached to the edge of the upper opening of the washing tank 30, and functions to suppress vibration for dehydrating the laundry and to rotate the washing tub 30 at a high speed. An agitating blade 33 is disposed on the inner bottom surface of the washing tub 30 for generating a flow of washing water or washing water in the tank. A drive unit 4A is mounted below the water tank 20. The drive unit 4A includes a motor 4 1 , a clutch mechanism 42 and a brake mechanism 43 , and from the center thereof, the 88498-941025.doc -19-1252268 dewatering shaft 44 and the agitating blade shaft 45 are protruded upward. The dewatering shaft 44 and the agitating blade shaft 45 form a double shaft structure in which the dewatering shaft 44 is outside, and the agitating blade shaft 45 is inside. After entering the water tank 20, the dewatering shaft 44 is coupled to the washing tub 30 to support it. The agitating wing shaft 45 further enters the washing tank 30, and is coupled to the scrambled wing 3 3 to be a branch. A sealing member for preventing water leakage is disposed between the dewatering shaft 44 and the water tank 20, and between the dewatering shaft 44 and the stirring blade shaft 45, respectively. A water supply valve 50 that is electromagnetically opened and closed is disposed in a space below the rear panel 12. The connecting pipe 51 and the water supply pipe 52 extend from the water supply valve 50. The connecting pipe 51 projects to the upper surface of the rear panel 12, and the ion eluting unit 1 is detachably coupled thereto. The structure and function of the ion elution unit 1A will be described in detail later. Further, the water supply pipe 52 extends in the horizontal direction below the rear panel 12, and is connected to the grain-shaped water supply port 53. The water supply port 5 3 is located at a position facing the inside of the washing tub 3 ’ and has the configuration shown in Fig. 2 . Fig. 2 is a vertical sectional view of the model of the water supply port 53, which is a view from the front side. The water supply port 53 is provided with an opening on the upper side, and the inner portion is partitioned into left and right. The compartment on the left side is a laundry detergent chamber 54 which forms a preparation space before the laundry detergent is placed. The compartment on the right side is an additive chamber 55, which forms a preparation chamber before the detergent additive is placed. On the front side of the bottom of the laundry detergent chamber 54, a horizontal injection port 56 for injection into the washing tub 3 is provided. A siphon portion 57 is provided in the additive chamber 55. The siphon portion 57 includes an inner tube 57a vertically erected from the bottom surface of the additive chamber 55, and a cap-shaped outer tube 57b covering the inner tube 57a. A water passage gap is formed between the inner tube 57a and the outer tube 57b. The bottom of the inner tube 57 & is kept at the lower end of the outer tank 57b of the washing tank π 邛 opening and the bottom surface of the additive chamber 5 5 is a water inlet. When water is injected into the additive chamber 55 to an upper end of the inner tube 57a exceeding 88498-941025.doc -20 - 1252268, a siphon action is caused, and the water is sucked out from the additive chamber 55 through the siphon portion 57, and falls to the washing tub 30. The water supply valve 50 includes a main water supply valve 50a and a sub water supply valve 5〇b. The connecting pipe 51 is commonly used for both the main water supply valve 50a and the sub water supply valve 50b. The water supply pipe 52 includes a main water supply pipe 52a connected to the main water supply valve 50a, and a sub water supply pipe 52b connected to the sub water supply valve 5〇b. The main water supply pipe 52a is connected to the laundry detergent chamber 54, and the sub water supply pipe 52b is connected to the additive chamber 55. That is, the autonomous water supply pipe 52a is injected into the washing tank 30 through the laundry agent chamber 54; and the path from the sub-water supply pipe 52b through the additive chamber to the washing tank 30 forms a different system. Returning to Figure 1, the description continues. At the bottom of the water tank 2, a drain hose 6〇 for discharging the water in the water tank 2 and the washing tank 30 to the outside of the outer tank 1 is installed. The water flows from the drain pipe 61 and the drain pipe 62 into the drain hose 6〇. The drain pipe 61 is connected to the outer periphery of the bottom surface of the water tank 2 . The drain pipe 62 is connected to the center of the bottom surface of the water tank 2 near the center. An annular partition wall 63 is fixed to the inner bottom surface of the water tank 20, and the connection position of the drain pipe 62 is surrounded by the inner side. An annular seal member 64 is attached to the upper portion of the partition wall 63. The sealing member 64 is in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the dish 65 fixed to the outside of the bottom portion of the washing tub 3, thereby forming a separate drainage space 66 between the water tank 2 and the washing tub 3'. The water space 6 6 communicates with the inside of the washing tub 3 through the drain port 67 provided at the bottom of the washing tank 3 . When the drain pipe 62 is provided with electromagnetically opened and closed drain_. An air collector is provided at a position upstream of the drain valve 68 of the drain pipe 62. ap) 69 The pilot pressure guide 70 extends from the air collector 69. Above the pressure guiding tube, a water level switch 7 1 is connected to the end of the terminal 88498-941025.doc • 21- 1252268. A control unit 8 is disposed on the front side of the outer casing 10. The control unit 8 is located below the upper panel π and receives an operation command from the user through the operation/display unit 81 provided on the upper surface of the upper panel η, and issues an operation command to the drive unit 4〇, the water supply valve 5〇, and the drain valve 68. . Further, the control unit 8 outputs a display instruction to the operation/display unit 8. The operation of the washing machine 1 will be described below. The lid 16 is opened, and the laundry is put into the washing tub 30 from the laundry inlet port 15. The laundry detergent is placed in the laundry detergent chamber 54 of the water supply port 53. If necessary, an additive is placed in the additive chamber 55 of the water supply port 53. Alternatively, the additive may be placed in the middle of the washing step. After the preparation of the laundry detergent is completed, the lid 16 is closed, and the operation button group of the operation/display 邛 8 1 is operated to select the washing condition. Finally, the start button is pressed, and the washing step is performed in accordance with the flowcharts of Figs. 3 to 6. Fig. 3 is a flow chart showing the entire washing step σ in step S2〇i to confirm whether or not the so-called scheduled operation of starting washing at an undetermined time is selected. When the scheduled operation is selected, the process proceeds to step S206. When not selected, the process proceeds to step S2〇2. When the process proceeds to step S206, it is confirmed whether or not the start operation time has been reached. When the start operation time is reached, the process proceeds to step S2〇2. In step S202, it is confirmed whether or not there is a laundry step. When the laundry step is selected, the process proceeds to step S300. The contents of the washing step of step S300 are additionally illustrated in the flow chart of Fig. 4. After the washing step is over, the process proceeds to step s2〇3. When the washing step is not selected, the process proceeds directly from step S2〇2 to step s2〇3. In step S203, it is confirmed whether or not a cleaning step is selected. When it is selected, the process proceeds to step S400. The contents of the step of the cleaning step are additionally illustrated in Figure 29, Flowchart 88498-941025.doc -22- 1252268. After the cleaning step ends, the process proceeds to step 8204. When the selection, the main, and the cow are not selected, the process proceeds directly to step S2〇4 from step S203. h 乂 In step S204, it is confirmed whether or not there is a dehydration step. When it is selected, proceed to step S5 00. In the dehydration step of step S5 00, another 々k-, valley is additionally illustrated in the flow chart of Fig. 6. After the dehydration step ends, the process proceeds to step S205. When searching for the dehydration step, the process proceeds directly to step S205 from step S204. In step S205, the end processing of the control unit 80 (especially the arithmetic unit (microcomputer) included therein) is automatically performed in order. The washing step is completed by the knot I. After the completion of all the steps, the washing machine 1 prepares the next washing step ’ and is ready for use in the power-off (0 F F) state. Continuing, various steps of washing, washing, and dehydrating are illustrated in accordance with FIGS. 4 to 6 . Figure 4 is a flow chart of the washing step. In step 83〇1, the water level switch μ takes the water level data in the 4 pairs of the cleaning tanks. In step $3 〇 2, make sure that you have selected capacity sensing. When it is selected, it proceeds to step S3〇8. If it is not selected, the process proceeds directly from step S302 to step S303. In step S308, the amount of laundry is measured by the rotational load of the stirring blade 33. After the capacity sensing, the process proceeds to step S303. In step S3 0 3, the main water supply valve 50 a is opened, and water is injected into the washing tank 30 through the main water supply pipe 5 2 a and the water supply port 5 3 . The laundry detergent placed in the laundry room 5 4 of the water supply port 5 3 is also mixed with water and put into the washing tank 3 。. The drain valve 68 is closed. After the water level switch 71 detects the set water level, the main water supply valve 50a is closed. Then, the process proceeds to step S304. The fusion operation is performed in step S304. That is, the stirring blade 33 is rotated in reverse, and the laundry is shaken in water to fuse the laundry with water. Thereby, the water is washed and fully absorbed by the polyester 88498-941025.doc -23 - 1252268. And the air accumulated in the laundry is discharged. When the water level detected by the water level switch 7 1 is lower than the initial setting, the main water supply valve 5 is opened in step S305 (the water is replenished to restore the set water level. In addition, when the washing process of "clothing sensing" is selected, The fabric sensing is performed at the same time as the fusion operation. After the fusion operation, the water level is changed from the set water level, and when the water level is lower than the predetermined value, the cloth having high water absorption is determined. The stable setting is obtained in step S305. After the water level, the process proceeds to step S3. 6. The motor 4 1 rotates the agitating blade 3 3 in a specific mode according to the user's setting, and forms a main stream for washing in the washing tank 30. Washing of the washing by the main water stream When the dehydration shaft 44 is braked by the brake device 43, the washing tank 3 does not rotate even if the washing water and the washing material move. After the end of the main water machine, the process proceeds to step S3〇7. In step S3〇7, the stirring is performed. The wing 33 shortly reversals the laundry, so that the laundry is evenly dispersed in the washing tank 30. This is prepared for the spin-drying rotation of the washing tank 3. Continue, the cleaning according to the flow chart of Fig. 5 The content of the step first proceeds to the dehydration step of step S500, which is illustrated by the flow chart of Fig. 6. After dehydration, the process proceeds to step S401. In step 84〇1, the main water supply valve 5〇a is opened and the water is supplied to the set water level. After the water supply, the process proceeds to step S4〇2. In the step, the fusion operation is performed in step 2. The fusion operation is the same as the step S3〇4 of the laundry step. After the operation, the process proceeds to step S4〇3. When the water level detected by the switch 71 is lower than the original water level, the main water supply valve 5〇a is opened to replenish water to restore the set water level. 88498-941025.doc -24· 1252268 After restoring the water level set in step S403, the process proceeds to step S4〇4. The motor 41 rotates the agitating blade 33 in a specific mode according to the setting of the user, and washes the washing material at the washing water. The main water flow is washed by the brake device 43. The washing tank 30 does not rotate even if the washing water and the washing material move. After the period of the main water machine ends, the process proceeds to step S405. In the step S4, the feeding wing 33 is shortly reversal and the laundry is opened. Make washing In the above description, the washing tank 30 is preliminarily stored with washing water to perform the "storing cleaning" of the β washing, but some of them are low-speed rotating washing tanks. The "water flooding" for injecting water from the water supply port 53 is determined by the user's choice regardless of the method or both. Continue, the dehydration step is illustrated in accordance with the flow chart of Fig. 6. First, the drain valve 68 is opened in step S501. The washing water in the washing tank 3 is drained through the drain space 66. The drain valve 68 is continuously opened in the dehydrating step. After extracting most of the washing water from the laundry, the clutch device 42 and the brake device 43 are switched. The switching time of the clutch device 42 and the brake device 43 may be before the start of drainage or at the same time as the drainage. At this time, the motor 41 rotates the dewatering shaft 44. Thereby, the washing tub 30 performs spin-drying rotation. The agitating wing 33 also rotates simultaneously with the washing: trough 30. When the washing tank 30 rotates at a speed, the laundry is pressed against the inner peripheral wall of the washing tank 30 by centrifugal force. The washing water contained in the laundry is also concentrated on the inner surface of the peripheral wall of the washing tank 30. However, as described above, since the washing tank 30 is expanded upward in a taper shape, the washing water subjected to centrifugal force is inside the washing tank 3 Upper 88498-94l025.doc -25 - 1252268 liters. The washing water flows to the upper end of the washing tank 30, and is discharged from the dewatering hole 31. The water from the dewatering hole 3 1 is drained to the inner surface of the water tank 2, and passes through the inner surface of the water tank 2 to the bottom of the water tank 20. Then, the above-mentioned washing water passes through the drain pipe 161 and continues to be discharged to the outside of the outer casing 1 through the drain hose 60. The structure of the flowchart of Fig. 6 is subjected to a high-speed dehydration operation in step & S503 after performing a relatively low-speed dehydration operation in step S5〇2. After step yog, the process proceeds to step S504. In step S504, the energization of the motor 41 is cut off, and the stop processing is performed. Further, the water supply valve 50 is connected to the ion elution unit _1〇〇 via the connection pipe 5丨. The structure and function of the ion eluting unit 1A and the role of the washing machine 1 will be described below with reference to Figs. 7 to 9 . 7 and 8 are cross-sectional views of the ion elution unit 1A, wherein Fig. 7 is a vertical sectional view, and Fig. 8 is a horizontal sectional view showing the model. The ion elution unit 1 () has a cylindrical case made of an insulating material such as synthetic resin, stone slab, or rubber. The cartridge 110 is disposed horizontally with respect to the axis of the overall shape, the cylindrical flow inlet (1) projects upward from one side, and the cylindrical outlet 112 projects downward from the other side. The inflow ill has a male screw llla on the outside, and the ventilator ιΐ2 has a female snail in the inner mask.卩 112a. The cartridge 11 is connected to the connecting pipe 51 by the screwing of the female screw portion 12_ of the outflow port 12, which is provided outside the connecting member 51, and communicates with the water supply valve 50. A 〇-shaped ring is arranged in the deepest part of the female screw U2a (〇

Rlng)112b。〇形環U2b密接於連接管51之末端而形成水密 在入口 1 1 1之公螺 11 lb(參照圖1)。連接具工i 部Ilia上螺合螺帽狀之連接具 lb在供水軟管180之一端連接固定 88498-941025.doc -26 - 1252268 於流入口 1 1 1。供水軟管1 80之另一端連接於自來水之水龍 頭(圖上未顯示)。 流出口 112對連接管51之連接態樣及供水軟管ι8〇對流入 口 111之連接態樣並不限定於上述之螺合方式。亦可廣用緊 固環及彈簧筒夾方式之連接具等,任何家庭中一般使用之 水管相關連接構造。 此外’本實施形態係在突出於洗衣機1之後方面板12上面 之連接管5 1上連接流出口 112,不過流出口 112之連接對象 並不限定於此。介於與供水閥50之間之任何構成要素亦可 作為流出口 112之連接對象。亦可依據洗衣機丨之構造,直 接在供水閥50上連接流出口 112。只要滿足流出口 U2可拆 I地連通連接於供水閥5〇,且其拆裝係在洗衣機1外部進行 之條件即可。 盒π 0在流入口 111側之端形成開口部,自此插入兩片板 狀電極11 3,114。電極113,114係由產生具有抗菌性之金 屬離子之金屬’亦即由銀、銅、鋅等構成。電極丨丨3,1J 4 之大小如可形成2 cm χ 5 cm,厚度約1 mm。 電極113,114之各個一端具有端子115,116。在組合於 盒110開口部之圓板狀蓋117上,藉由貫穿端子115,116, 電極113 ’ 114彼此隔開間隔而固定於蓋117上。以蓋117在 盒110之開口部上加蓋時,電極i 13,n4以延伸於盒11〇之 軸線方向之形態而固定於盒i丨〇内。 盍117上固定有筒形之防水蓋118。自電源單元1〇1(參照 圖1)伸出之供電纜線11 9進入防水蓋丨丨8中。供電纜線119在 8 849 8-941025 .doc -27- 1252268 其内部具有絕緣芯線1 1 9a,11 9b。在防水蓋1 1 8中,絕緣芯 線1 19a連接於端子1 15,絕緣芯線119b連接於端子116。 在盒110與蓋117之間,蓋117與電極115,116之間,蓋117 與防水蓋118之間,及防水蓋1 is與供電纜線丨19之間適切實 施防水密封處理,以避免水侵入防水蓋118中。 電源單元101内藏離子溶出單元100之驅動電路,該電路 於後詳細說明。除供電纜線Π 9之外,連接於商用電源之電 源軟線10 2亦自電源單元1 〇 1伸出。 於盒110内部,水自流入口 11 i向流出口 ! i 2,而與電極 113 , 114之長度方向平行地流動。在盒11〇中存在水之狀態 下,於電極113,114上施加特定電壓時,電極構成金屬之 金屬離子自電極113,II4之陽極側溶出。 圖9係離子浴出單元1〇〇之驅動電路12〇之電路構造圖。變 壓态122經由電源開關132而連接於商用電源12i,1〇〇 v之 電壓降壓成特定電壓。電源開關132之致動器部露出於電源 單元101之外面,可自外部操作。變壓器122之輸出電壓藉 由全波整流電路123整流後,以穩壓電路124予以穩壓。穩 壓電路124上連接有穩流電路125。穩流電路125對後述之電 極驅動笔路150,不論電極驅動電路15〇内之電阻值是否變 化,均可供給一定之電流。 在商用電源121上與變壓器122並聯地連接整流二極體 126。整流二極體126之輸出電壓藉由電容器127平滑化後, 藉由穩壓電路128形成穩壓,並供給至微電腦13〇。微電腦 130啟動控制連接於變壓器122之一次側線圈之一端與商用 88498-941025.doc -28 - 1252268 電源121間之三端雙向可控矽開關(Tri〇de ac Switch) 129。 電極驅動電路150如圖所示地連接NPN型電晶體 Q1〜Q4、二極體D1,D2及電阻以〜;^來構成。電晶體(^與 二極體D1構成光電轉換耦合器15ι,電晶體以與二極體d2 構成光電轉換耦合器152。亦即,二極體di,D2係光電源 電壓(Vdd)及體,電晶體Q1,q2係光電電晶體。 此時’高位準之電壓自微電腦13〇供給至線路L1,在線路 L2上供給低位準之電壓或〇FF(零電壓)時,二極體〇2接 通,隨之電晶體Q2亦接通。電晶體Q2接通時,電流流入電 _ 阻R3,R4,R7 ’在電晶體Q3之基極施加偏壓,電晶體q3 接通。 另外,由於D1斷開(0FF),因此電晶體Q1斷開,電晶體 Q4亦斷開。在該狀態下,電流自陽極側之電極丨丨3流向陰極 側之电極114。藉此,在離子溶出單元1〇〇内產生陽離子之 金屬離子與陰離子。 離子溶出單元1〇〇内,長時間在一個方向上流入電流時, 圖9中陽極側之電極113消耗,並且因及側之電極ιΐ4上固著隹 水中之雜質而結垢。此將造成離子溶出單元1〇〇之性能降 低,因此構成可藉由強制性電極洗淨模式來運轉電極驅 電路150。 強制性電極洗淨模式係微電腦13〇切換控制成將線路 Ll,L2之電應顛倒,電流在電極113,ιΐ4間反方向流動。 此時’電晶體Q卜Q4接通,電晶體吸,Q3斷開。微電腦13〇 具有計時器功能,在到達特定數值時進行上述切換。 88498-94l025.doc -29- 1252268 因電極驅動電路150内之電阻變化,特別是電極 之電阻變化,而發生在電極間流動之電流值減少等情況 時,穩流電路125提高其輸出電壓,來防止電流減少。但是, 累積使用時間過長時,離子溶出單元丨〇〇到達使用壽限,即 使更換成強制性電極洗淨模式,及實施穩流電路125之輸出 電壓上昇,仍無法防止電流減少。 因此,本電路藉由電阻R7上產生之電壓來監視在離子溶 出單元100之電極113, 114間流動之電流,其電流到達特定 之最小電流值時,可由電流檢測電路·16〇檢測出。檢測出最 小電流值之貧訊,自構成光電轉換耦合器163之光電二極體 D3,經由光電電晶體…傳送至微電腦13〇。微電腦13〇經由 線路L3驅動警告通報手段131,進行特定之警告通報。警告 通報手段1 3 1係藉由LED及液晶面板等適切之顯示手段來 構成,並配置於電源單元1 〇丨之盒的外面。 此外,就電極驅動電路150内發生之短路等事故,備有檢 測電流為特定之最大電流值以上之電流檢測電路161,微= 腦Π0依據該電流檢測電路161之輸出來驅動警告通報手段 131。再者,當穩流電路125之輸出電壓為預定之最小值以 下日守,電壓檢測電路162檢測出後,微電腦13〇同樣地驅動 警告通報手段1 3 1。 微電腦130上連接有計時器133。計時器133在電源單元 1 〇 1之盒外面具有操作部。藉由操作該操作部,可設定適切 之時間。 包含離子溶出單元100與電源單元101之抗菌處理裝置使 88498-941025.doc -30- 1252268 用如下。 首先,在洗衣機丨之連接管51上安裝離子溶出單元ι〇〇之 流出口 112。在流入口 lu上連接供水軟管18〇。打開連接供 水軟管i8〇m水龍頭’使水流人離子溶出單元⑽之 盒110内。實際流人水時’係供水閥5()開閥時。將電源單元 HH之電源軟線1〇2連接於商用電源之插座上。電源單元ι〇ι 只須以適切之安裝手段固定於洗衣機丨之側面或上面即可。 在清洗步驟中投入金屬離子。圖5之流程圖中,進人㈣ S401(供水)之階段時,電源開關132接通,在電極丨^,ιΐ4 上通電’使構成電極之金屬離子溶出至水中。構成電極金 屬為銀時,在陽極側之電極上產生Ag〜Ag++e·之反應,銀 離子Ag+溶出至水中。流人電極間之電流係直流。含金屬離 子水自供水口 53投入洗滌槽3〇。 需要多長時間通電,係藉由計時器133設定。清洗水中之 金屬離子濃度到達特定程度所需時間係藉由清洗水之水量 =決定。因此’係估計清洗水量來進行計8f||i33之時間設 疋。此呀’只須預先準備將清洗水量與對該水量需要之通 電時間加以對比之換算表即可。換算表可藉由黏貼、印刷、 刻印在離子溶出單元⑽表面等之適切手段來顯示。亦可在 電源單元1 0 1上設置換算表。 —在步驟S401(供水)中注入清洗水,係自主供水閥…來進 订。注人清洗水完成前設定注水之流量來結束離子之溶 :。含特定濃度之金屬離子之特定量之清洗水積存於洗滌 uo内後,„主供水閥術,結束供水。以後,執行步驟 88498-941025.doc -31 - 1252268 S402以下之清洗步驟,繼續按照圖6之流程圖來執行脫水步 驟。 於清洗步驟中攪拌清洗水時,促進洗滌物與金屬離子之 接觸。金屬離子逐漸附著於洗滌物之纖維上,而在洗滌物 表面形成抗菌膜。 須投入添加劑時,其投入作業係在步驟S4〇4(主水流)之 最後執行。此時打開子供水閥50b,使水流入供水口 53之添 加劑室55。添加劑放入添加劑室55内時,該添加劑係自虹 吸部57與水同時投入洗滌槽3〇内。添加劑室55中之水位到 達特定高度時才產生虹吸效應,因此可在水注人添加劑室 5 5箾,預先將液體之添加劑保持於添加劑室5 5内。 將特定量(可使虹吸部57引起虹吸作用之足夠量及以上 之量)之水注入添加劑室55内後,關閉子供水閥5〇b。投入 有添加劑之清洗水攪拌特定時間來促進洗滌物與添加劑之 接觸。經過特定時間後,進入步驟S4〇5(均衡)。 片 投入添加劑係在藉由含金屬離子之清洗水開始清洗後, 經過特定時間後執行。因而,_將金屬離子與添加劑(柔 軟劑)投入清洗水中時,金屬離子與柔軟劑成分反應而降: 抗菌性。但是,採用上述方式投入添加劑時,係在金屬離 子充分附著於洗滌物上後才投入添加劑,可防止金屬離 與添加劑成分反應,可在洗滌物上保留金屬離子之抗 果。 &围效 銅或銀與銅之合金。 ,自鋼電極溶出之銅 構成電極113,114之金屬宜為銀、 銀電極溶出之銀離子之抗菌效果佳 88498-941025.doc -32- 1252268 離子之防霉菌效果佳。此外,可自銀與銅之合金同時溶出 銀離子與銅離子。 銀離子係陽離子,由於洗滌物在水中帶負電,因此銀離 子包性吸附於洗務物上。在吸附於洗滌物之狀態下,銀離 子電性中和。因此銀離子不易與添加劑(柔軟劑)成分之氣化 物離子(陰離子)反應。但是,由於銀離子須花時間來吸附於 洗條物上,因此須在投入添加劑前隔開某種程度之時間。 因此’銀離子投入後之攪拌時間須保持1〇分鐘。而添加劑 投入後之攪拌時間約3分鐘即可。 · 金屬離子係自主供水管52a通過洗衣劑室54而投入洗滌 才曰30。添加劑係自添加劑室55投入洗滌槽3〇。因而將金屬 離子投入清洗水用之路徑,與將添加劑投入清洗水用之路 徑係形成不同系統,以避免金屬離子通過將添加劑投入清 洗水用之路徑,金屬離子與殘留於該路徑上之添加劑接觸 形成化合物,而失去抗菌力。 上述構造係洗衣機1自進入清洗步驟起,接通電源開關 132,亚在計時器133上設定時間,不過此種構造對使用者 _ 不便。為求消除該不便,亦可採用如下的構造。 。亦即,預先在盒110中設置流量開關。使用者首先將電源 單7L101之電源開關132接通,將計時器133設定時間後,按 下洗衣機1之啟動鍵,開始洗滌步驟。流量開關檢測出自供 水閥50(主供水閥50a)再度大量注水(除步驟83〇5之補充水 分之注水),亦即檢測出步驟S401之清洗水之注水後,微電 腦130開始動作,而僅在計時器133所設定之時間在電極 88498-94i025.doc -33 - 1252268 133,134上通電。 電極113,114隨金屬離子持續溶出而消耗,致使金屬離 子之溶出量減少。經過長期使用後,金屬離子之溶出量不 穩定’無法確保特定之溶出量。因此,在電極113,114到 達耐用限度時,須將離子溶出單元1 00更換成新的單元。 為求判斷電極113,114是否到達耐用限度,而在離子溶 出單元100上採取以下的措施。 將電極113,114之端子115,116之一側稱為「根部」, 將相反側之端稱為「末端」。電極丨13,i 14雖並聯卻並非籲 平行,從圖8可知,愈接近末端間隔愈狹窄而配置成錐角 狀。如此配置時,電極丨13 ,丨14係自間隔狹窄部分溶出金 屬離子,因此電極113,114係自末端進行溶出。因而,只 要著眼於根部至末端之長度,即可掌握電極113,114之體 積減少的程度。 為求瞭解電極113,114之根部至末端之長度,而將盒11〇 如下地構成。亦即,以透明之合成樹脂形成盒110之側面(正 η或上面,構成透視部。通過該透視部,可直接以目視確φ 遇電極113’ 114之狀態,來判斷離子溶出單元⑽是否到達 上設置透視部時’亦可以透明之合成樹脂形成整 正二來觀察整個電極113’114。或是亦可設置在盒110 ’亦可為半透明 握内部之電極113, 114之大小(長度)即可。 /甘八入透明板之細縫,通過該細縫來觀察電極Η),η*。 形成透視部之材料未必需要完全透明 主要是可掌 88498-94l025.doc -34- 1252268 产^在透視部上設置収電極113,⑴消耗程度之刻 :::自電極113,114之根部至末端之長度係構成測定 地^’因此只須自電極之末端向電極之根部,直線 ^亚列之刻度即可。其刻度中,作為離子溶出單元刚 準之刻I’可特別放大,或是改變形狀,只要立即 可判定更換時間即可。 需要更換者僅為離子溶出單元100,電源單元1〇1不需要 更換。因此可預先在供電纜線119中途設置可自由拆裝之連 接器部,僅離子溶出單元⑽更換成新品,電源單元101持 續使用先前者。 電源單it ΗΗ亦可將電池作為電源,而不採用商用電源。 電池可收納於電源單元101之盒内。藉由該構造,即使是無 法利:商用電源之場所’如露營地或是接有商用電源之插 座數量不足的家庭仍可進行抗菌處理。 〔第二種實施形態〕 ,續,依據圖1〇來說明本發明之第二種實施形態。圖10 ㈣子溶出單WOO之垂直剖面圖。另外,與第—種實施形 怂共用或疋相同功能之構成要素係註記第一種實施形態之 說明中使用之相同符號,並省略說明。 第二種實施形態之離子溶出單元100之盒110上,其一端 口又有秸子狀之通水口 i 10a。並未如第一種實施形態所示 地’設有功能分化成「流入口」、「流出口」之開口。通 K 110a之各個開口大小設定成手指等無法觸及電極 1 13,114者。在盒no之側面一體成形有鉤ii〇b。與第一種 88498-941025.doc -35- 1252268 實施形態之離子溶出單元丨00同樣地,避免水侵入防水蓋 118内部,而可使離子溶出單元1〇〇完全浸入水中。 離子溶出單元1 00至少使盒i i 〇 一半以上浸入洗滌槽30之 清洗水中來使用。如此,水自通水口 i丨〇a流入盒丨丨〇内。流 入之水朝向電極1 1 3,114流入。此時,在電極113,114施 加電壓,進行金屬離子之溶出。含金屬離子之水自通水口 11 〇 a流出。 離子溶出單元1 〇〇亦可僅投入水中來使用,亦可將鉤丨丨〇b 掛在脫水孔3 1來使用。此外,亦可在鉤11 Ob上掛線等,來 垂吊離子溶出單元100。將鉤11〇b上掛物,來垂直地使用盒 110時,若無法自盒110中抽出空氣,水即無法流入電極 113,114中,因此,可在接近盒11〇之蓋117之一端設置排 氣孔。 由於第二種實施形態之離子溶出單元100係將盒110浸入 尺中自通水口 1 1 0a將水導入盒11 0内,將電極1 i 3,1 14浸 入水中,來浴出金屬離子,因此無須在洗衣機丨上設置安 2保持離子⑷出單το 1GG之特別構造。亦無須在離子溶出 單元100上連接供水軟管18〇。 卜由於係在財存於洗滌槽3 0内之水中進行離子溶出 作,因此可生成均質之含離子水。因而金屬離子均一地 附著於洗滌物上,而可獲得均一之抗菌效果。 此外,長期間使用後,離子溶出單元1〇〇之能力降低時, 僅須拋棄舊單元,而使關單元即可,單元更換手續簡便。 再者,可使離子溶出單元100浸入水中者,除洗衣機丄之 88498-941025.doc -36 - 1252268 洗蘇槽3 0外,可為可必彡 々π 了收納離子溶出單元100之盒110之任何 w ’因A ’可利用水桶、洗臉盆及杯子等生成含金屬離 子之水目此,若欲進行抗菌處理者係一塊手帕時,可在 小容器中生成足夠潯泊_ & $ u , 包塊手帕之少量含金屬離子之水, 避免水資源浪費。 以電池驅動第二種實施形態之離子溶出單元1〇〇之電源 早兀101時’抗菌處理裝置可獲得完全攜帶性。因而可擴大 用途,攜往戶外活動場所進行衣物等抗菌處理。 與弟一種實施形態所述相同,可預先於離子溶出單元⑽ 或電源單元!〇1之表面形成將水量與對其水量須溶出適量 至屬離子所高之離子溶出單元丨00驅動時間對比之換算 表。使用者可依據該換算表設定時間,來生成適切濃度之 含金屬離子水。 〔第三種實施形態〕 其次,依據圖11至圖29說明本發明第三種實施形態。另 外,與第一、二種實施形態之構造相同之構造係註記相同 之構件編號,並省略其說明。 圖1 1係模式顯示將本實施形態之抗菌處理裝置2〇〇應用 於洗衣機1時該抗菌處理裝置200之連接關係之說明圖。本 實施形態之抗菌處理裝置200具備:離子溶出單元3〇〇及驅 動單元400。 離子、/谷出單元3 0 0係產生添加於藉由供水裝置之洗衣機1 供給至供水對象(如洗滌物)之水中之金屬離子(如銀離子) 之離子產生部。 88498-941025.doc -37- 1252268 離子溶出單元300經由第一軟管202與自來水之水龍頭 201連接,並經由第二軟管203與洗衣機1連接。藉此,自水 月I頭2 0 1供給之水依序經由第一軟管2 〇 2、離子溶出單元 3 00、及第二軟管203而供給至洗衣機!。 從此種離子溶出單元300之配置,可以說離子溶出單元 300係洗衣機1之外部,並配置於自水龍頭2〇1至洗衣機1之 水供給路徑上。如此,可將離子溶出單元3〇〇爾後附加配置 於洗衣機1外部,而非洗衣機丨内部,係本發明最大之特徵。 驅動單元400係用於驅動離子溶出單元3〇〇者,且可自由 取下地配置於洗衣機1之外部。如驅動單元4〇〇藉由貼附於 洗衣機1近旁之壁及洗衣機丨外面之鉤掛上配置,即可自由 取下。 此外,驅動單元400之外周㈣由密封構件密封而形成防 水構造。藉此’本實施形態除在處理水之機器(洗衣機^旁 配置驅動單元400之外,即使在發生漏水之場所、可能滴水 之場所及濕度高之場所等配置驅動單元4〇〇時,驅動單元 彻之内部電路不因水及濕氣等而造成不良影響,而可= 動單元400確實地動作。 另外’將驅動單元400配置於洗衣⑴外面日寺,即使不商 如上所述地使用鉤,亦可採用如下之方式。亦#,亦^ 成在驅動單元_之背面’亦即驅動單元彻與洗衣機⑷ 面側配置具有不致對内部電路造成影 、 又〈石兹力之磁 鐵,藉由該磁鐵之磁力,使驅動單元4〇〇 配置於洗衣版外面。 自由取下地接觸 88498-941025.doc -38- 1252268 此外,驅動單元400係經由軟線500而與離子溶出單元3〇〇 電性連接。藉此,可自驅動單元400經由軟線500 ,將驅動 離子溶出單元300用之電壓供給至離子溶出單元3〇〇。 以下,在詳細說明離子溶出單元3〇〇及驅動單元4〇〇之 所’首先說明第一軟管202及第二軟管203。 (1.第一軟管) 圖12係顯示第一軟管2〇2概略構造之側面圖。第一軟管 係連通連接自來水之水龍頭2 〇 1與離子溶出單元3⑸Rlng) 112b. The 〇-shaped ring U2b is in close contact with the end of the connecting pipe 51 to form a male screw 11 lb (refer to Fig. 1) which is watertight at the inlet 1 1 1 . Connecting the I-part Ilia on the screw-like connecting piece lb is connected at one end of the water supply hose 180. 88498-941025.doc -26 - 1252268 At the inflow port 1 1 1. The other end of the water supply hose 180 is connected to the head of the tap water (not shown). The connection pattern of the outlet port 112 to the connection pipe 51 and the connection pattern of the water supply hose ι8 〇 to the inlet port 111 are not limited to the above-described screwing method. It is also possible to use a connection fitting such as a tightening ring and a spring collet, and a water pipe-related connection structure generally used in any home. Further, in the present embodiment, the outlet port 112 is connected to the connecting pipe 51 on the upper surface of the plate 12 after the washing machine 1, but the connection of the outflow port 112 is not limited thereto. Any constituent element interposed between the water supply valve 50 and the water supply valve 50 may be connected to the outlet port 112. It is also possible to connect the outflow port 112 directly to the water supply valve 50 in accordance with the configuration of the washing machine. It suffices that the outlet port U2 is detachably connected to the water supply valve 5, and the detachment is performed outside the washing machine 1. The cartridge π 0 is formed with an opening at the end of the inflow port 111 side, from which two plate electrodes 11 3, 114 are inserted. The electrodes 113, 114 are made of a metal which produces an antibacterial metal ion, i.e., silver, copper, zinc or the like. The electrodes 丨丨3,1J 4 are sized to form 2 cm χ 5 cm and have a thickness of about 1 mm. Each of the electrodes 113, 114 has terminals 115, 116. The disk-shaped cover 117 combined with the opening of the casing 110 is fixed to the cover 117 by the through-terminals 115, 116 and the electrodes 113' 114 spaced apart from each other. When the lid 117 is capped on the opening of the cartridge 110, the electrodes i13, n4 are fixed in the cartridge i in a direction extending in the axial direction of the cartridge 11'''''''' A cylindrical waterproof cover 118 is fixed to the 盍117. The supply cable 11 9 extending from the power supply unit 101 (refer to Fig. 1) enters the waterproof cover 8. The supply cable 119 has an insulated core wire 1 1 9a, 11 9b therein at 8 849 8-941025 .doc -27-1252268. In the waterproof cover 1 18, the insulating core 1 19a is connected to the terminal 1 15, and the insulating core 119b is connected to the terminal 116. Between the case 110 and the cover 117, between the cover 117 and the electrodes 115, 116, between the cover 117 and the waterproof cover 118, and between the waterproof cover 1 is and the supply cable 19, a waterproof sealing treatment is applied to avoid water. Invading the waterproof cover 118. The power supply unit 101 incorporates a drive circuit of the ion elution unit 100, which will be described in detail later. In addition to the cable Π 9, the power cord 10 2 connected to the commercial power source also extends from the power unit 1 〇 1 . Inside the box 110, the water flows from the inlet 11 i to the outlet! i 2 flows in parallel with the longitudinal direction of the electrodes 113, 114. When a specific voltage is applied to the electrodes 113, 114 in the presence of water in the cartridge 11, the metal ions of the electrode-constituting metal are eluted from the anode side of the electrodes 113, II4. Fig. 9 is a circuit configuration diagram of the drive circuit 12A of the ion bathing unit 1A. The transformed voltage state 122 is connected to the commercial power source 12i via the power switch 132, and the voltage of 1〇〇v is stepped down to a specific voltage. The actuator portion of the power switch 132 is exposed to the outside of the power supply unit 101 and is operable from the outside. The output voltage of the transformer 122 is rectified by the full-wave rectifying circuit 123, and is regulated by the voltage stabilizing circuit 124. A steady current circuit 125 is connected to the voltage stabilizing circuit 124. The current stabilizing circuit 125 supplies a constant current to the electrode driving pen path 150, which will be described later, regardless of whether or not the resistance value in the electrode driving circuit 15 is changed. A rectifying diode 126 is connected in parallel with the transformer 122 on the commercial power source 121. The output voltage of the rectifying diode 126 is smoothed by the capacitor 127, stabilized by the voltage stabilizing circuit 128, and supplied to the microcomputer 13A. The microcomputer 130 starts and controls a Tri〇de ac Switch 129 connected to one end of the primary side coil of the transformer 122 and the commercial end of the commercial terminal 88498-941025.doc -28 - 1252268. The electrode driving circuit 150 is connected to the NPN type transistors Q1 to Q4, the diodes D1, D2, and the resistors as shown in the figure. The transistor (^ and the diode D1 constitute a photoelectric conversion coupler 15i, and the transistor forms a photoelectric conversion coupler 152 with the diode d2. That is, the diode di, the D2 is the optical power supply voltage (Vdd) and the body, The transistor Q1, q2 is an optoelectronic transistor. At this time, the voltage of the high level is supplied from the microcomputer 13〇 to the line L1, and when the low level voltage or 〇FF (zero voltage) is supplied to the line L2, the diode 〇2 is connected. Then, the transistor Q2 is also turned on. When the transistor Q2 is turned on, the current flows into the electric resistance R3, R4, R7' is biased at the base of the transistor Q3, and the transistor q3 is turned on. Disconnected (0FF), the transistor Q1 is turned off, and the transistor Q4 is also turned off. In this state, current flows from the anode side electrode 丨丨3 to the cathode side electrode 114. Thereby, in the ion eluting unit 1 A metal ion and an anion of a cation are generated in the crucible. When the current flows in one direction for a long time in the ion elution unit, the electrode 113 on the anode side in FIG. 9 is consumed, and the electrode on the side is fixed on the electrode ΐ4. Scale in the impurities in the water. This will cause the ion dissolution unit to be defective. Lowering, therefore, the electrode drive circuit 150 can be operated by the forced electrode cleaning mode. The forced electrode cleaning mode is controlled by the microcomputer 13 to switch the electricity of the lines L1, L2 upside down, and the current is between the electrodes 113, ι 4 In the opposite direction, the transistor Q Q4 is turned on, the transistor is sucked, and the Q3 is turned off. The microcomputer 13 has a timer function, and the above switching is performed when a certain value is reached. 88498-94l025.doc -29- 1252268 The resistance change in the electrode driving circuit 150, particularly the resistance change of the electrode, occurs when the current value flowing between the electrodes decreases, and the steady current circuit 125 increases the output voltage to prevent the current from decreasing. However, the accumulated use time has passed. When the ion elution unit 丨〇〇 reaches the service life for a long time, even if it is replaced with the mandatory electrode cleaning mode, and the output voltage of the steady current circuit 125 is increased, the current cannot be prevented from decreasing. Therefore, the circuit is replaced by the resistor R7. The generated voltage is used to monitor the current flowing between the electrodes 113, 114 of the ion elution unit 100, and when the current reaches a certain minimum current value, The flow detection circuit is detected at 16 。. The minimum current value is detected, and the photodiode D3 constituting the photoelectric conversion coupler 163 is transmitted to the microcomputer 13 via the photoelectric transistor. The microcomputer 13 is driven via the line L3. The warning notification means 131 performs a specific warning notification. The warning notification means 1 3 1 is configured by a suitable display means such as an LED or a liquid crystal panel, and is disposed outside the case of the power supply unit 1 。. In the event of a short circuit or the like occurring in the circuit 150, the current detecting circuit 161 having the detected current at a specific maximum current value or more is provided, and the micro-brain 0 drives the warning notifying means 131 in accordance with the output of the current detecting circuit 161. Further, when the output voltage of the current stabilizing circuit 125 is a predetermined minimum value, the microcomputer 13 〇 similarly drives the warning notifying means 1 31 after the voltage detecting circuit 162 detects it. A timer 133 is connected to the microcomputer 130. The timer 133 has an operation portion outside the cartridge of the power supply unit 1 〇 1. By operating the operation unit, the appropriate time can be set. The antibacterial treatment device including the ion elution unit 100 and the power source unit 101 uses 88498-941025.doc -30-1252268 as follows. First, the outlet port 112 of the ion elution unit ι is attached to the connection pipe 51 of the washing machine. Connect the water supply hose 18〇 to the inflow port lu. The connection water supply hose i8〇m faucet is opened to allow the water to flow into the cartridge 110 of the human ion dissolution unit (10). When the actual flow of human water is used, the water supply valve 5 () is opened. Connect the power cord 1〇2 of the power unit HH to the socket of the commercial power supply. The power unit ι〇ι can be fixed to the side or top of the washing machine with appropriate mounting means. Metal ions are introduced in the washing step. In the flow chart of Fig. 5, when the person enters (4) S401 (water supply), the power switch 132 is turned on, and the electrodes 通电, ΐ 4 are energized to cause the metal ions constituting the electrode to be eluted into the water. When the electrode metal is silver, a reaction of Ag to Ag++e is generated on the electrode on the anode side, and silver ion Ag+ is eluted into the water. The current between the electrodes is DC. The metal ion-containing water is supplied to the washing tank 3 from the water supply port 53. How long it takes to power up is set by the timer 133. The time required for the concentration of metal ions in the wash water to reach a certain level is determined by the amount of water in the wash water =. Therefore, it is estimated that the amount of washing water is used to calculate the time setting of 8f||i33. In this case, it is only necessary to prepare in advance a conversion table comparing the amount of washing water with the time required for the amount of water. The conversion table can be displayed by appropriate means such as pasting, printing, and imprinting on the surface of the ion elution unit (10). A conversion table can also be set on the power supply unit 1 0 1. - Injecting washing water in step S401 (water supply), which is an autonomous water supply valve... to be ordered. Inject the flow of water before the completion of the cleaning water to complete the dissolution of the ions: After a certain amount of washing water containing a specific concentration of metal ions is accumulated in the washing uo, the main water supply valve is used to terminate the water supply. Thereafter, the cleaning steps of steps 88498-941025.doc -31 - 1252268 S402 are performed, and the following steps are continued. The flow chart of 6 performs the dehydration step. When the washing water is stirred in the washing step, the contact of the washing material with the metal ions is promoted. The metal ions gradually adhere to the fibers of the washing material, and an antibacterial film is formed on the surface of the washing object. At the time, the input operation is performed at the end of step S4〇4 (main water flow). At this time, the sub-water supply valve 50b is opened to allow water to flow into the additive chamber 55 of the water supply port 53. When the additive is placed in the additive chamber 55, the additive system The siphon portion 57 and the water are simultaneously put into the washing tank 3, and the siphon effect is generated when the water level in the additive chamber 55 reaches a certain height, so that the liquid additive can be previously held in the additive chamber in the water injection additive chamber. 5 5 . After a specific amount (a sufficient amount of the siphoning portion 57 to cause a siphoning effect and above) is injected into the additive chamber 55, the sub-water supply is closed. 5〇b. The cleaning water with the additive is stirred for a specific time to promote the contact of the laundry with the additive. After a certain period of time, the process proceeds to step S4〇5 (equalization). The tablet input additive is started by the washing water containing metal ions. After cleaning, it is carried out after a certain period of time. Therefore, when metal ions and additives (softener) are put into the washing water, the metal ions react with the softener component to reduce the antibacterial property. However, when the additive is added in the above manner, it is After the metal ions are sufficiently attached to the laundry, the additive is added to prevent the metal from reacting with the additive component, and the metal ion can be retained on the laundry. & the effect of copper or silver and copper alloy. The eluted copper constitutes the electrodes 113, 114. The metal of the electrode 113 is preferably silver, and the silver ion eluted by the silver ion has a good antibacterial effect. 88498-941025.doc -32-1252268 The ion has good antifungal effect. In addition, the silver and copper alloy can be simultaneously used. Dissolve silver ions and copper ions. Silver ions are cations. Because the washings are negatively charged in water, silver ions are adsorbed to the washings. In the state of being adsorbed to the laundry, the silver ions are electrically neutralized. Therefore, the silver ions are less likely to react with the vapor ions (anions) of the additive (softener) component. However, since the silver ions have to take time to adsorb to the wash On the strip, it must be separated by a certain amount of time before the input of the additive. Therefore, the stirring time after the input of silver ions must be kept for 1 minute, and the stirring time after the input of the additive is about 3 minutes. The self-contained water supply pipe 52a is put into the washing tank 30 through the laundry detergent chamber 54. The additive is introduced into the washing tank 3 from the additive chamber 55. Therefore, the metal ions are put into the path for washing water, and the path for introducing the additive into the washing water is formed. Different systems are used to avoid the passage of metal ions into the cleaning water by contacting the additives, and the metal ions contact the additives remaining on the path to form a compound, which loses the antibacterial power. The above-described configuration is that the washing machine 1 is turned on from the cleaning step, and the power switch 132 is turned on, and the time is set on the timer 133, but such a configuration is inconvenient for the user. In order to eliminate this inconvenience, the following configuration can also be employed. . That is, a flow switch is provided in the cartridge 110 in advance. The user first turns on the power switch 132 of the power supply unit 7L101, sets the timer 133 for a set time, and then presses the start button of the washing machine 1 to start the washing step. The flow switch detects that a large amount of water is injected from the water supply valve 50 (main water supply valve 50a) (except for the water injection of the supplementary water in step 83〇5), that is, after the water injection of the washing water in step S401 is detected, the microcomputer 130 starts to operate, and only in the The time set by the timer 133 is energized at the electrodes 88498-94i025.doc -33 - 1252268 133,134. The electrodes 113, 114 are consumed as the metal ions continue to elute, resulting in a decrease in the amount of elution of the metal ions. After long-term use, the amount of metal ions eluted is not stable. A specific amount of dissolution cannot be ensured. Therefore, when the electrodes 113, 114 reach the endurance limit, the ion elution unit 100 must be replaced with a new unit. In order to judge whether or not the electrodes 113, 114 reach the durability limit, the following measures are taken on the ion elution unit 100. One side of the terminals 115, 116 of the electrodes 113, 114 is referred to as "root", and the end on the opposite side is referred to as "end". Although the electrodes ,13 and i14 are connected in parallel, they are not parallel to each other. As is apparent from Fig. 8, the closer to the end interval, the narrower the arrangement is to form a taper shape. In this arrangement, the electrodes 丨13 and 丨14 are eluted with metal ions from the narrow portion, so that the electrodes 113 and 114 are eluted from the end. Therefore, it is possible to grasp the extent to which the volume of the electrodes 113, 114 is reduced by focusing on the length from the root to the end. In order to understand the length from the root to the end of the electrodes 113, 114, the cartridge 11 is constructed as follows. That is, the side surface of the case 110 (positive η or the upper surface is formed of a transparent synthetic resin to constitute a see-through portion. By the see-through portion, the state of the electrode 113' 114 can be directly visually confirmed to determine whether the ion elution unit (10) has arrived. When the see-through portion is provided, the transparent synthetic resin may be formed to form a correction to observe the entire electrode 113'114. Alternatively, the size of the electrode 113, 114 may be provided in the case 110', or may be the size (length) of the electrode 113, 114 inside the translucent grip. Yes / Gan 8 into the slit of the transparent plate, through which the electrode 观察), η*. The material forming the see-through portion does not necessarily need to be completely transparent, mainly the palm 88498-94l025.doc -34-1252268. The collector 113 is provided on the see-through portion, (1) the degree of consumption::: from the root to the end of the electrode 113, 114 The length is the measurement ground. Therefore, it is only necessary to go from the end of the electrode to the root of the electrode, and the scale of the line ^ sub-column. In the scale, the I' can be specifically enlarged as the ion elution unit is just right, or the shape can be changed, and the replacement time can be determined immediately. The only one that needs to be replaced is the ion elution unit 100, and the power supply unit 1〇1 does not need to be replaced. Therefore, the detachable connector portion can be provided in advance in the middle of the supply cable 119, and only the ion elution unit (10) can be replaced with a new one, and the power supply unit 101 can continue to use the former. The power supply unit can also use the battery as a power source instead of a commercial power supply. The battery can be housed in a box of the power unit 101. With this configuration, even in the case where there is no profit: a place where a commercial power source such as a campsite or a socket with a commercial power source is insufficient, antibacterial treatment can be performed. [Second Embodiment] A second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Fig. 1A. Figure 10 (iv) Vertical section of the sub-dissolution sheet WOO. The components that are the same as those of the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals as in the description of the first embodiment, and the description thereof will be omitted. The cartridge 110 of the ion elution unit 100 of the second embodiment has a straw-like water outlet i 10a at one end. In the first embodiment, there is no opening that functions to be differentiated into "flow inlet" or "flow outlet". The size of each opening of the K110a is set such that a finger or the like cannot reach the electrode 113,114. A hook ii 〇b is integrally formed on the side of the box no. In the same manner as the ion elution unit 丨00 of the first embodiment of the embodiment 88498-941025.doc -35-1252268, water is prevented from intruding into the inside of the waterproof cover 118, and the ion elution unit 1 is completely immersed in water. The ion elution unit 100 is used by immersing at least half of the cartridge i i 入 in the washing water of the washing tub 30. In this way, water flows into the cassette from the water outlet i丨〇a. The inflowing water flows in toward the electrodes 1 1 3, 114. At this time, a voltage is applied to the electrodes 113 and 114 to elute the metal ions. The water containing metal ions flows out from the water outlet 11 〇 a. The ion elution unit 1 may be used only by being put into water, or the hook b may be hung in the dehydration hole 31. Further, a wire or the like may be hung on the hook 11 Ob to hang the ion elution unit 100. When the hook 11 〇b is attached to the vertical use of the cartridge 110, if the air cannot be extracted from the cartridge 110, the water cannot flow into the electrodes 113, 114, and therefore, the row can be arranged at one end of the cover 117 close to the cartridge 11 Stomata. Since the ion elution unit 100 of the second embodiment immerses the cartridge 110 into the ruler, the water is introduced into the cartridge 110 from the water outlet 1 1 0a, and the electrodes 1 i 3, 1 14 are immersed in water to bathe the metal ions. It is not necessary to provide a special structure for the An 2 holding ion (4) single το 1GG on the washing machine. It is also not necessary to connect the water supply hose 18 to the ion elution unit 100. Since it is ion-dissolved in water stored in the washing tank 30, homogeneous ion-containing water can be produced. Thus, metal ions are uniformly attached to the laundry, and a uniform antibacterial effect can be obtained. In addition, when the capacity of the ion elution unit 1 is lowered after a long period of use, it is only necessary to discard the old unit, and the unit can be closed, and the unit replacement procedure is simple. Furthermore, the ion elution unit 100 can be immersed in the water, and the cartridge 110 of the ion elution unit 100 can be accommodated in addition to the washing machine 88488498-941025.doc -36 - 1252268. Any w 'Because A' can use water buckets, washbasins, cups, etc. to produce water containing metal ions. If a person wants to perform antibacterial treatment, a handkerchief can be used to generate enough anchorage in the small container _ & $ u , A small amount of metal ion water in the handkerchief of the mass to avoid wasting water. The power supply of the ion eluting unit 1 of the second embodiment is driven by a battery. The antibacterial treatment device can obtain full portability. Therefore, it can be expanded and used to carry out antibacterial treatment such as clothing in outdoor activities. As described in one embodiment, it can be pre-exposed to the ion elution unit (10) or power supply unit! The surface of 〇1 forms a conversion table that compares the amount of water with the amount of time that the amount of water must be dissolved to the ion-dissolving unit 丨00 driving time. The user can set the time according to the conversion table to generate a suitable concentration of metal ion-containing water. [Third Embodiment] Next, a third embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. 11 to 29 . The same components as those of the first and second embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and their description will be omitted. Fig. 11 is an explanatory view showing a connection relationship of the antibacterial treatment device 200 when the antibacterial treatment device 2 of the present embodiment is applied to the washing machine 1. The antibacterial treatment apparatus 200 of the present embodiment includes an ion elution unit 3A and a drive unit 400. The ion/valley unit 300 generates an ion generating unit that is added to metal ions (such as silver ions) supplied to the water supply target (such as laundry) by the washing machine 1 of the water supply device. 88498-941025.doc -37- 1252268 The ion elution unit 300 is connected to the faucet 201 of the tap water via the first hose 202, and is connected to the washing machine 1 via the second hose 203. Thereby, the water supplied from the water supply head I 0 1 1 is sequentially supplied to the washing machine via the first hose 2 〇 2, the ion elution unit 300, and the second hose 203! . From the arrangement of the ion elution unit 300, it can be said that the ion elution unit 300 is outside the washing machine 1, and is disposed on the water supply path from the faucet 2〇1 to the washing machine 1. Thus, the ion elution unit 3 can be additionally disposed outside the washing machine 1 instead of the inside of the washing machine, which is the greatest feature of the present invention. The drive unit 400 is for driving the ion elution unit 3, and is detachably disposed outside the washing machine 1. For example, the drive unit 4 can be freely removed by being attached to the wall adjacent to the washing machine 1 and the hook on the outside of the washing machine. Further, the outer circumference (4) of the drive unit 400 is sealed by a sealing member to form a water-proof structure. According to the present embodiment, in addition to the drive unit 400 disposed outside the washing machine, the drive unit is disposed even in a place where water leakage occurs, a place where water may leak, and a place where humidity is high. The internal circuit is not adversely affected by water, moisture, etc., and the movable unit 400 can be surely operated. Further, 'the drive unit 400 is disposed outside the laundry (1), even if the hook is used as described above, The following method can also be used. Also #, ^ is formed on the back of the drive unit _, that is, the drive unit is completely disposed on the side of the washing machine (4) with a magnet that does not cause shadows on the internal circuit, and The magnetic force of the magnet causes the drive unit 4 to be disposed outside the laundry plate. Free-to-remove contact 88498-941025.doc -38-1252268 Further, the drive unit 400 is electrically connected to the ion elution unit 3 via the cord 500. Thereby, the voltage for driving the ion elution unit 300 can be supplied from the driving unit 400 to the ion elution unit 3 via the cord 500. Hereinafter, the ion elution unit will be described in detail. 3〇〇 and the drive unit 4〇〇' First, the first hose 202 and the second hose 203 will be described. (1. First hose) FIG. 12 is a side view showing the schematic configuration of the first hose 2〇2. The first hose is connected to the tap of the tap water 2 〇1 and the ion elution unit 3 (5)

者,並由具有撓曲性之軟管本體21〇、第一連接部21〖及第 二連接部212構成。 (1 -1 ·第一連接部) 第一連接部211設於軟管本體21〇之一端,並盥自來水 水龍頭加連通連接。如圖13所示,第—連接部2ιι係^ 了刀離連結部221與活動手段222。 。連結部221係由··夾具231與螺合部 首先說明連結部221 232構成。It is composed of a flexible hose body 21A, a first connecting portion 21, and a second connecting portion 212. (1 - 1 · First connecting portion) The first connecting portion 211 is provided at one end of the hose body 21, and is connected to the tap water tap. As shown in Fig. 13, the first connecting portion 2 is connected to the connecting portion 221 and the movable means 222. . The connecting portion 221 is composed of a jig 231 and a screwing portion. First, the connecting portion 221 232 will be described.

夾具231係安裝於自來水之水龍頭20!末端之大致圓擇 之固定構件。具體而言,在夾具231外面之上方,於圓局 向:句專地配置有4個螺絲’將夾具231嵌入水龍頭20卜箱 此專螺絲緊固,將太目。。m _ 將夾具231固定於水龍頭201上。因此, ^單/、即可將夾具231確實地與水龍頭2〇1連結。 在夾一 23 1之外面,於螺絲位置更下方刻有螺絲溝。 二夾具231内部内裝有密封用之彈性構件(如橡膝)。 '、口部扣具有··大致圓筒形狀之第一圓筒部咖,其 88498-941025.doc •39- 1252268 在内面形成有與夾具231外面之螺絲溝螺合之螺絲溝;及大 致圓筒形狀之第二圓筒部232b,其係隔開特定間隔而形成 於第一圓筒部232a内侧。而後,藉由將此等第一圓筒部23仏 及第二圓筒部232b之軟管本體21〇側之開口部,沿著甜甜圈 狀之圓盤外周及内周,貼合於該原盤上,來構成螺合部232。 在此種螺合部232底部一體形成有與第二圓筒部“汕連 通之連接管233。該連接管233貫穿活動手段222時’經由連 接管233’將通過連結部221内之水導入活動手段222。在該 連接管233之外面形成有活動手段222之後述之嵌入若干鋼 球241&之溝部233&(參照圖14)。此外,在螺合部232之第一 圓筒部232a外面形成有活動手段222之後述之藉由固定部 244固定之顎部234。 另外,活動手段222之構造具有:貫穿部24卜活動部以八 連接部243及固定部244。 貝穿部24 1形成大致圓筒形狀,其内側貫穿上述之連接管 233。貫穿部241之内徑與連接管233之外徑大致相同。在該 貫穿部241之壁部,可在與貫穿部241中心軸垂直之方向(以 下稱半徑方向)移動之小直徑之鋼球241a,在壁部之圓周方 向均等地設於四處。該鋼球24 la形成具有若干大於上述壁 部厚度之直徑。 活動部242係自外部經由若干間隙覆蓋貫穿部241,並且 可沿著流入内部之水之流水方向移動之部分,並形成大致 圓茼狀。该活動部242在朝向流水方向上游側(與軟管本體 210侧之相反側),藉由彈簧等施力手段245(參照圖14)而施 88498-941025.doc -40- 1252268 力,可以手動向下游側(軟管本體2丨〇側)壓下。 連接部243係與軟管本體210連通連接之部分。固定部244 設置成自活動部242之外面突出,將連接管233貫穿於貫穿 部241完成時,固定連結部221之顎部234。 上述構造中,將第一軟管202固定於水龍頭201上時,首 先將連結部221固定於自來水之水龍頭2〇1上。亦即,藉由 螺絲將夾具231固定於水龍頭2〇1上,並且使該夹具23^螺 絲溝與螺合部232之螺絲溝螺合,來固定此等。 而後,以手動將活動手段222之活動部242向流水方向下 游側壓下來保持,同時在連結部221之連接管233内插入貫 穿部241。此時,由於鋼球241&在貫穿部241之半徑方向上 未施加任何擠壓力,因此連接管233將鋼球241a向半徑方向 外側擠壓,同時貫穿貫穿部241之内側。 在貫穿完成時刻,手自活動部242離開時,如圖14所示, 藉由施力手段245之施力,活動部242向連結部221之方向移 動。此時,活動部242之内面與貫穿部241之鋼球24U接觸, 並對鋼球24 1 a,自半徑方向外側向内側施加擠壓力。藉此, 鋼球24 la嵌入並擠壓在貫穿於貫穿部241之連接管233之溝 部233a,連結部221與活動手段222彼此固定。同時,連結 部221之顎部234藉由活動手段222之固定部244固定,可確 實防止活動手段222自連結部221脫離。 另外,分離連結部221與活動手段222時,藉由手動解除 固疋部244與顎部234之固定,並以手動將活動部242向流水 方向下游侧頂上。藉此,解除活動部242對鋼球24U之擠 88498-941025.doc -41 - 1252268 壓,因此可解除鋼球24 la對連接管233之擠壓。因此,可自 貫穿部241抽出連接管233,即可分離連結部221與活動手段 222 〇 因而,第一連接部211具有:安裝於自來水之水龍頭2〇ι 之連結部221 ;及可對該連結部221之連接管233拆裝之活動 手段222 ·’活動手段222與(a)貫穿連接管233之貫穿部241 ; 與(b)軟管本體210連結,可在連接管233之拆裝方向上移 動,亚且具有藉由連接管233向貫穿部241貫穿時移動,將 設於貫穿部241之擠壓構件(鋼球241a)向與連接管233接觸 之方向擦壓之活動部242之構造。 藉由使用此種活動手段222,只須觸碰活動手段222,即 可連通連接或分離連結部221與軟管本體21〇。因此,即使 是女性(主婦)及力氣小的人,仍可輕易進行此兩者之拆裝。 特別是如上所述,由於在活動手段222内設置向流水方向 之上游側對活動部242施力之施力手段245,可藉由其施力 輕易地移動活動部242,因此藉由活動部242向流水方向上 游側移動,可將鋼球241a輕易地擠壓在連接管233上。因而 更容易實現連接管233與活動手段222之固定。 另外,活動手段222亦考慮採用以螺絲式來移動活動部 242之構造,不過,仍以本實施形態說明之手段之使用性較 佳,不必擔心鬆脫,且固定確實。 另外,以上係說明於連結部221中可分離夾具231與螺合 部232,不過此等亦可從開始即一體性構成。此時,可將夾 具23 1插入水龍頭20 1之末端,只須藉由緊固螺絲,即可將 88498-941025.doc -42- 1252268 連結部221安裝於水龍頭201上。 此外,自來水之水龍頭20 1上,原本亦可能固著有相當於 爽具231者。此時之連結部221不需要夾具231,而可僅以螺 合部232構成。此時,由於不需要夾具231,可減少零件數 量,因此可抑制製品成本。 從以上所述,可以說本實施形態之第一連接部211之連結 部22卜(a)可分離夾具231與螺合部232,或是一體構成;或 疋(b)可僅以可與安裝於自來水之水龍頭2〇1之夾具螺合之 螺合部232構成。 此外,亦有的自來水之水龍頭2〇1係預先形成相當於上述 螺。°卩232者。此時,藉由僅以活動手段222構成第一連接 部211,亦可對應於此種自來水之水龍頭2〇1,並且不需要 連結部22 1,而可抑制製品成本。 (1-2·第二連接部) 第一軟管202之第二連接部212係設於軟管本體21〇之另 一端,並與離子溶出單元3〇〇連通連接。本實施形態之第二 連接部2U之構造與上述第一連接部211之活動手段η〕完 全相同。 因此,連通連接第一軟管2〇2與離子溶出單元3〇〇時,只 須如下所述地進行即可。首先如圖15Α所示,在以手動將^ 動⑽向軟管本體2_ (流水方向上游側)移動、保持情況 下,在第一軟管202之第二連接部212之活動手段222之貫穿 部24丨内側,貫穿離子溶出單元3〇〇之第一連接部3〇2。、 而後,如圖15Β所示,於貫穿完成時,手自活動部冰離 88498-941025.doc -43- 1252268 開,藉由施力手段245之施力,使活動部242向離子溶出單 元300側移動。藉此,活動部242向貫穿部241之半徑方向内 侧擠壓鋼球241a,鋼球241a嵌入形成於第一連接部3〇2之連 接管302a外面之溝部302c(參照圖丨5 A),而擠壓第—連接部 3〇2。因而固定第二連接部212與第一連接部3〇2。 此外,分離第一軟管202與離子溶出單元3〇〇時,係以手 動使活動部242向軟管本體210側(流水方向上游側)移動,解 除鋼球241a對第一連接部302之擠壓即可。藉此,可自貫穿 部24丨抽出第一連接部3〇2’而可分離第—軟管2〇2與離:二 出單元300。 ' 如此,第二連接部212藉由具有活動手段222,只須藉由 觸碰活動手段222,即可連通連接或分離第—軟管2〇2:離 子溶出單元30G。因此’可獲得任何人均可簡單地拆裝此兩 者等,與設置第一連接部2 1 1時相同之效果。 (2·第二軟管) 圖U所示之第二軟管203係連通連接離子溶出單元3〇〇斑 供水裝置之洗衣機Q。第二軟管203係由:具有撓曲性之 軟官本體;與分別設於該軟管本體兩端之第一連接部及第 二連接部構成。 此時第二軟管203之軟管本體係對應於第一軟管202之軟 官本體2U)者。此外,第二軟管203之第—連接部及第二連 接部僅以構成第—軟f2G2之第—連接部211或第二連接部 212之活動手段222構成。因此’藉由與連通連接第一軟管 與離子溶出單元300時完全相同之方法,只須藉由觸碰 88498-941025.doc -44- 1252268 活動手段222 ’即可輕易地連接或分離第二軟管2G3與離子 /合出單元300,進而可輕易地連接或分離第二軟管2们與洗 衣機1。 ^ _以上說明之第一軟管202及第二軟管203可以橡膠及樹脂 寻彈性地構成。藉此,即使在連通連接第-軟管2G2及第二 軟管203之部分施加振動(撞擊波),或施加外力(高壓)時, 仍可藉由第—軟管202或第二軟管203之柔軟性來緩和其撞 名口此可減輕對連接第一軟管2〇2及第二軟管203之離 子溶出單元300之負擔,可抑制故障等之發生,並且幾乎不鲁 必擔心連通連接部分漏水,而可提高離子溶出單元300之可 靠性。 另外,以上係說明第一軟管202及第二軟管203均為在其 而八有活動手#又222之構造,不過並不限定於該構造。如 >圖16所示,亦可在軟管本體21〇之一端(如第二連接部Μ” 设置可將軟管本體21〇内部之流水方向作為軸而旋轉,且内 面切削有螺絲溝之蓋式的連接部,來構成第一軟管202及第 二軟管203。此外,該蓋式之連接部亦可設於軟管本體21〇籲 兩鳊(第一連接部211及第二連接部2 12)。 如第一軟官202及第二軟管203之連接對象(水龍頭2〇1、 離子/合出單凡300、洗衣機丨)之被連接部,形成於外面切削 螺4溝之圓筒狀時,使用此種構造之第一軟管及第二軟 管2〇3時,藉由上述蓋狀之連接部之旋轉,彼此可輕易地進 行連接或分離。此外,與圖12之構造比較,可減少連接部 之零件數量,亦可抑制製品成本。 88498-941025.doc -45- 1252268 此外,亦可因應離子溶出單元300之構成形態,將第一軟 s 202直接連接於離子溶出單元3〇〇,或是經由螺絲式及鎖 定式之連結部而將第一軟管2〇2連接於離子溶出單元。 (3.離子溶出單元) 其次,說明離子溶出單元300之詳細構造。 圖17係顯示連接第一軟管2〇2之離子溶出單元3〇〇外觀之 立體圖。此外,圖18至圖2()係分別顯示經由第—軟管2〇2將 上述離子溶出單元300連接於自來水之水龍頭2〇ι時,該離 子溶出單元300之正面圖;自離子溶出單元後方觀察時 之剖面圖;及自側方觀察時之剖面圖。 離子溶出單元3 0 〇具有貼合可在流入内部之水之流水方 向上分離、接合之兩個框體而形成之盒300a。離子溶出單 元3〇0與第—軟管202之連接部藉由該盒300a而隱蔽,避免 損及外觀上之美觀。 圖21係詳細顯示自正面觀察離子溶出單元3〇〇時之離子 溶,單元300内部構造之剖面圖,圖22係詳細顯示自側面觀 察離子溶出單元300時之離子溶出單元3〇〇内部構造之剖面 圖。 —如此等圖式所示,離子溶出單元3〇〇具有:單元本體儿丄、 第一連接部302及第二連接部303。以下說明各構造。 (3-1.第一連接部) 第一連接部302係連通連接上述之第一軟管2〇2與單元本 體301者,並與單元本體3〇1一體形成。該第一連接部川2之 構造具有:連接管302a及顎部3〇2b。 88498-941025.doc -46- 1252268 連接管302a係貫穿第一軟管2〇2之第^連接部2i2之貫穿 部241者。顎部3〇2b係於連接管3〇2&貫穿於貫穿部μ〗内 時,藉由第一軟管202之固定部244來固定者,藉此,可確 實防止第一軟管202自離子溶出單元3〇〇脫離。 此時’第一連接部3〇2亦可如下構成。 圖23係顯示第一連接部3〇2之其他構造例之分解立體 圖。該第一連接部302係K具3〇4與螺合部3〇5構成。夹 具304之構造與第一軟管2〇2之第一連接部η】之夹具完 全相同。 70 此外,螺合部305之構造與上述第一連接部2ιι之螺合部 23)完全相同。亦即,螺合部3〇5具有:大致圓筒形狀之第 -圓同部305a’其係在内面形成有與夾具3〇4外面之螺絲溝 螺合之螺絲溝;及大致圓筒形狀之第二圓筒部鳩,其係 隔㈣定間隔而形成於第一圓筒部3〇5a内側。而後,藉由 將此等第一圓筒部3〇5a及第二圓筒部3〇5b之單元本體%1 側之開口邛,沿著甜甜圈狀之圓盤外周及内周,貼合於該 原盤上’來構成螺合部3 0 5。 在此種螺合部305底部一體形成有與第二圓筒部3〇几連 j之早兀本體301。此外,第二圓筒部3〇讣係形成可貫穿於 第一軟管202之活動手段222之貫穿部241之形狀。 藉由此種構造。將第二圓筒部305b貫穿固定於第一軟管 2〇2之貫穿部241内,來連接離子溶出單元3⑽與第一軟管 2〇2。藉此,可經由第一軟管2〇2將離子溶出單元^⑽與自來 水之水龍頭2〇1連通連接。 88498-941025.doc -47- 1252268 另外,藉由將夾具304以螺絲固定於水龍頭2〇i,使央具 304之螺絲溝與第—圓筒部3()5a之螺絲溝螺合,即使不使用 第一軟管202’亦可直接將離子溶出單元·連通連接於水 龍頭201上。 因此’採用此種第-連接部302之構造,於連通連接水龍 頭201與離子溶出單元_時’可輕易因應使用或不使用第 一軟管202。 (3-2·第二連接部) 士圖21及圖22所不’第二連接部3〇3係連通連接上述之第 二軟管203(參照圖11}與單元本體3()1者,並與單元本體训 -體形成。該第二連接部3G3之構造具有:連接管⑽及發 部 303b。 、 連接管303a貫穿於第二軟管2〇3之第一連接部之貫穿部 内。顆部3〇3b係於連接管3〇3a貫穿於上述貫穿部内時,藉 由第二軟管203之固定部來固定者,藉此,可確實防止第二 軟管203自離子溶出單元3〇〇脫離。 此外,連接官303a亦形成嵌合於洗衣機丨之連接管^(參 照圖1)之形狀。 少 藉由此種構造,將連接管303a貫穿固定於第二軟管2〇3之 貫穿部241,來連接離子溶出單元300與第二軟管2〇3。因 此,可經由第二軟管2〇3將離子溶出單元3〇〇與洗衣機1連通 連接。另外,將連接管303a嵌入洗衣機丨之連接管“内時, 亦可直接連通連接離子溶出單元3〇〇與洗衣機i。 因此,第二連接部303之上述構造,於連通連接離子溶出 88498-941025.doc •48- 1252268 單元300與洗衣機1時,可輕易 203 、如以上所述,藉由在離子溶出單元300上設置上述之第一 連接4 302及第一連接部3〇3,可構造簡單地將離子溶出單 凡3〇〇與第-軟管202或自來水之水龍頭2()1連通連接,並且 "將離子/合出單凡3〇〇與第二軟管或洗衣機工連通連 接。因此可抑騎子溶出單元则之製品成本。 (3-3.單元本體) 單7L本體301係以絕緣材料(如樹脂)成形,自水龍頭叫 供給之水流入其内部而供給至洗衣機!。單元本體3〇1内包 一對電極311,312,並日且古· 、t X且具有·分別對應於電極311,312 之端子部313,314,及檢測部315。 (3 - 3 -1 ·電極) 電極311,312如以1 cm γ ^ 广 cm x 3em,厚度約〇5mm之平板狀 之銀板構成’並自流入單元本體301内之水之流水方向上游 側(圖及圖22係、上側)向下游側(圖21及圖22係下側),彼此 各相對面之間隔變窄地配置於單元本體3〇ι内。 藉由自後述之驅動單元伽,經由軟線_及端子部313, 3 1 4,在一對電極3 11,3工2問# Λ &广 2間施加電壓,金屬離子自電極 3U,312溶出。而後,在漭入男— 隹l入早兀本體3〇1内部之水中添加 上述金屬離子,該水形成添加金屬離子水而供給至洗衣機卜 構成電極311,312之金屬宜為銀、銅、辞或此等之合全。 自銀電極溶出之銀離子及自鋅電極溶出之鋅離子之殺菌效 果佳’自銅電極溶出之銅離子之防霉菌性佳…卜,亦可 88498-941025.doc -49 - !252268 此等合金同時溶出成分金屬之離子,因此可獲得優異之 殺菌效果及防霉菌效果。因此,藉由以適當金屬構成電極 311,312,可獲得其金屬離子之固有效果。 另外,無須以相同金屬構成兩方之電極3丨丨,3丨2,此外, 亦可以不熔性電極(如鈦)及碳電極構成一方之電極。 以下,具體祝明電極3 11,3 12採用銀電極時之抗菌機制 如下。 如衣物吸汗而發臭係因細菌繁殖。汗本來無臭味,不過 因其中一種成分係包含脂肪酸與甘油之甘油脂,細菌分解 其甘油脂,從甘油脂分解出之脂肪酸放出臭味。 疋电極31丨,312為銀電極時,藉由在此等電極上施 加電壓’於陽極側之電極上引起ΑρΑ§+_^.之反應,銀離 2溶出至水中。藉由該銀離子作用於造成臭味原因之細 菌,細菌鈍化,而無法分解汗成分(甘油脂),來抑制臭味的 產生。另夕卜’上述所謂鈍化’係指實施殺菌、除菌、滅菌、 分解、除去等之作用。 上述之電極31卜312與單元本體3〇1一體成形。亦即如藉 由在光硬化型樹脂中配置電極311,312,藉由紫外線等之 照射’而使上述樹脂硬化之方法;及先將電極3ιι,川配 置、保持於金屬模中,流入樹脂後使其冷卻、硬化之方法(填 充成型)’而形成與電極311,312一體化之單元本體3〇ι。 另外藉由-亥體成形,電極311,312在單元本體π〗内係 藉由其内壁之一部分支擇。 如以貼合數個框體來構成單元本體301時,内部之水可能 88498-941025.doc -50- 1252268 自該貼合部分漏至外部。但是,本實施形態藉由將單元本 體301於内部包含電極3U,312地一體成形,毫無自貼合部 分漏水之問題,而可良好地維持單元本體3〇1之密封性。 再者,電極311 ’ 312因溶出金屬離子(如銀離子)而逐漸消 耗、減少。如此,電極311,312間之距離擴大,電極3ιι, 3 12之表面積麦乍。此時,須碟保特定之金屬離子溶出量, 於電極3 11,3 12上流入相同電流所需之電壓上昇。但是, 可供給之電壓亦有上限,電壓到達上限時’流入電極311, 312之電流即下降。如此,溶出之金屬離子量減纟,而無法 確保特^濃度之金屬離子。因此,為求確實獲得金屬離子 之殺菌效果,在無法確保金屬離子溶出量之階段,需要更 換新的電極311,312。 本實施形態如上所述,因電極311,312與單元本體3〇ι 一,成形’因此係與新的單元本體301更換。亦即,本實施 形態之單元本體3G1係屬於用後抛棄型者。如此藉由可更換 單可防止使用者於更換電極時發生電極組裝錯誤及電 極變形等,使用者可安心、輕易地更換。 另外’本實施形態係說明單元本體301具有一對(2片)電極 311 ’312,不過電極數並不限定於此。即使單元本體301具 有片、上之數片电極,藉由在此等電極上施加電壓,自電 極溶出金屬離子,仍可獲得本發明之效果。 (3-3-2·端子部) ί而子。Ρ313 ’ 314係電性連接電極川,312與驅動單元柳 用之端子,並貫穿單元本體3〇1之側壁而設置。此等端子部 88498-941025.doc -51 - 1252268 313 ’ 314之:端如藉由銀焊而與電極3U,312分別電性連 鳊係、、二由軟線500而與驅動單元400電性連接。另 外’上述所謂銀焊,如將銀、銅與辞等之銀合金作為焊料, 不溶化母材之金屬,而炫化低於母材之溫度下炫融之烊 料,將金屬接著於母材之方法。 本貝靶形怨之端子部313,314係以至少與單元本體“I 之:穿部分之剖面為圓形之形狀構成。採用該構造時,形 成早兀本體3 0 1内之内壓(水壓)均等地施加於上述貫穿部分 之圓周方肖’即使對高水麼仍不易產生漏水之構造。如此 可女“也使用離子洛出單元3〇〇。此外,即使採用此種構 造’幾乎不發生離子溶出單元則之生產偏差,亦可提高生 產餘裕度。 特別是本實施形態之端子部313,314係以整個軸方向剖 面圓形之圓柱形狀而形成。而端子部313,314之與單元本 體301之貫穿部分係藉由〇形環等密封構件3ΐ3&,(參照 圖19)來岔封。因端子部313,314係以圓柱形狀形成,插入 上述密封部313a,314a容易,而可確實地獲得上述貫穿部 分之密封性。 (3-3-3.檢測部) 檢測部315係檢測單元本體3〇1内部有無水流及其流量中 之至y 方之仏測手段,本實施形態在單元本體3 〇 1内之流 水方向上,設於比電極311,312更上游側。該檢測部315具 有··轉子3 1 6(參照圖24)、磁鐵3 1 7及磁性檢測部3 1 8。 圖24係放大顯示轉子316之立體圖。轉子316係藉由單元 88498-941025.doc -52- 1252268 本體3 Ο 1内之水通過而旋轉,並在水流動方向上具有旋轉軸 部321。該旋轉軸部321係藉由圖上未顯示之軸承支撐。而 後,承受水之2片葉片322,在彼此對稱之位置分別固著於 旋轉軸部321上。各葉片322藉由流入單元本體3〇1内之水碰 到各葉片並流動,而承受以旋轉軸部32丨為軸之旋轉方向之 力,藉此,整個轉子3 1 6係以旋轉軸部321為中心而旋轉。 此外,轉子316具有2個杯狀之收容部323,各收容部323 之與開口部323a相反側之底部,在彼此對稱之位置分別固 著於旋轉軸部321。上述之磁鐵317内包於2個收容部323之 至少一方。磁鐵317僅被一方之收容部323收容時,在另一 方之收容部323内包與磁鐵3 17等重之壓鐵3 19,以保持轉子 316旋轉時之平衡。各收容部323之開口部^“係藉由圖上 未顯示之蓋關閉。 磁性檢測部3 1 8 (參照圖2 2)係依據轉子3丨6旋轉時磁鐵Η 7 之磁f生、文化,來檢測單元本體3 〇丨内有無水流與其流量中之 至少一方,並設於單元本體301側。磁性檢測部318如經由 形成單元本體301之壁之樹脂,以非接觸方式檢測磁鐵Η? 之磁性變化之霍爾(Hall)IC而形成。 藉由上述構造,水流入單元本體3〇1内,轉子316旋轉時, 自磁鐵3Π產生之磁性(磁束、磁場)亦變化。藉由磁性檢測 部318以非接觸方式檢測該磁性變化,即可檢測單元本體 301内有無水流。 此外,藉由磁性檢測部318檢測上述磁性變化於每單位時 間之周期數變化,可檢測轉子316每單位時間之轉數,並且 88498-941025.doc -53 - 1252268 了 k測流入早元本體3 〇 i内部之水流量。 亦即,如上述構成檢測部3 1 5,依據磁鐵3 1 7之磁性變化, 即可確實檢測單元本體3〇1内部有無水流與其流量中之至 少一方。 此外,由於檢測部315之構造具有藉由水通過單元本體 3〇1内而旋轉之轉子316(旋轉元件),因此水流量少時,亦可 fe易且確實地檢測有無水流。此外,由於轉子316之轉數係 因應流動之水流量而變化,因此磁性檢測部318檢測因應其 流量之檢測信號,即可精密地檢測水流量。 再者,本實施形態之上述檢測部315係與單元本體3〇ι 一 體設置,不過亦可與單元本體3〇1分離設置。亦即,亦可分 別構成檢測部315與單元本體301,並組合此等而構成。此 時,即使因單元本體301内之電極川,312消耗而需要更換 單元本體3(H時,並不需要更換檢測部315。因而可有效利 用檢測部315,來抑制更換單元時之花費。 此外,檢測部315之設置位置並不限定於單元本體3〇1之 電極3n,31&上述流水方向上游側,亦可在下游側。此 外’檢測部315亦可設於後述之流出方向可變部3咐參照圖 叫。此外,檢測部315如在自自來水之水龍頭加至洗衣機 1之水供給路徑上時’亦可設於第—連接部302,亦可設於 第二連接部303,再者,亦可設於離子溶出單元爛之外部 (如第一軟管202及第二軟管2〇3)。 ㈣,亦可構成將轉子316之旋轉轴部321設於與水流方 向父叉之方向上’使轉子316如水車旋轉。 88498-941025.doc >54- 1252268 另外,本實施形態係說明使用轉子316之旋轉檢測方式構 成檢測部3 15之例,當然亦可以流路式構成。 所謂流路式’係、被彈簧支撐之移動體在流水路徑中,當 水流動時,移動體被水流擠壓而移動,藉由適當之感測: 檢測其移動體之移動,來檢測水流之方法。如在移動體内 放入磁鐵,並在水流動時移動體移動之位置設置磁性檢測 部(霍爾IC)時’即可藉由磁性檢測來檢測水之流動。如此, 以流動式構成檢測部315時,磁性檢測並非因應轉子SB之 轉速、’而只須檢測有或無水流時之磁性變化,因此即使以 反應速度慢者構成磁性檢測部(霍爾IC),仍可確實檢測水 流0 從以上所述,可以說檢測部315之構造亦可具有:移動 體’其係因應水之流動而移動;磁鐵,其係内包於上述移 動體内;及磁性檢測部,其係藉由在上述移動體移動之位 置檢測上述磁鐵之磁性來檢測有無水流。 (3_4·效果) 上述本實施形態之抗菌處理裝置係具備離子產生部(如 離子溶出單元綱)之抗g處理裝置·,該離子產生部係產 生添加於藉由供水裝置(如洗衣機1)供給至供水對象(如洗 =)之水中之金屬離子(如銀離子),前述離子產生部之構 I係可自由取下地設於前述供水裝置之外部,且自自來水 之水龍頭201至前述供水裝置之水供給路徑上。 ^更具體而言’前述離子產生部内包一對電極3ΐι,3D, 亚以具有前述水流人内部之單元本體3()1之離子溶出單元 88498-941〇25.c}〇c -55- 1252268 300構成,離子溶出單元 /、有·(a)弟一連接部3〇2,其係 用於將單元本體301與自自來水 曰目不水之水龍頭201或自水龍頭 2 0 1供給之水流動之第一教 少〇 季人g 202連接;及(b)第二連接部, ^ Γ早凡本體3G1與供給至前述供水裝置之水流動之第 幸& U、水衣置連接;實現對上述供給路徑自由取 下地設置之構造。 此外,由於洗衣⑷外部可爾後附加離子產生部,因此即 使洗衣機1最初並盖瘈鱼;$ 4 …離子產生部仍可輕易地實現與具備離 子產生部之洗衣㈣目同之功能。因此,錢改買具備離子 產生部之洗衣機1 ’而浪費錢改買洗衣機1,可有效利用現 有之洗衣機卜此外’由於離子產生部可對供給水至洗衣機 1之路徑自由取下,因此亦可輕易地進行其更換。 此外,藉由離子溶出單元300具有第一連接部302及第二 連接邛303 ’可在洗衣機i外部如以下地配置離子溶出單元 300 〇 第,水通過之路徑為··自來水之水龍頭20 1、第一軟管 202、離子溶出單元3〇〇、第二軟管2〇3及洗衣機工,來配置 離子溶出單元300之方法(圖n之連接方法)。 第一水通過之路徑為··自來水之水龍頭2〇 1、離子溶出 單兀300、第二軟管203及洗衣機1,來配置離子溶出單元300 之方法。 弟一’水通過之路徑為:自來水之水龍頭2 〇 1、第一軟管 202、離子溶出單元3〇〇及洗衣機丨,來配置離子溶出單元3〇〇 之方法。 88498-941025.doc -56- 1252268 藉由離子溶出單元300具有第一連接部3〇2及第二連接部 仏3如上所述,對自自來水之水龍頭2〇1至洗衣機丨之水供 :路把’増加設置離子溶出單元3⑽時之連接方式,因此可 口應使用者之需求來設置離子溶出單元3〇〇之方法。 (3-5.離子溶出單元之其他構造) (3·5-1·單元本體之形狀) X上係顯不離子溶出單元3〇〇之單元本體係以沿著流 入内部之水之流水方向向垂直下方延伸之形狀而形成之 =,不過單兀本體301之形狀並不限定於此。如圖25所示, 单元本體301亦可以藉由將自電極3U,312在流水方向下游 側之邛刀如穹曲90度,改變流入内部之水之流水方向之形 狀而形成。,亦即,|元本體3〇1亦可以水在肖流入單元本體 3〇1之水之流入方向不同之方向上流出之形狀而形成。另 外,圖25顯示將離子溶出單元直接連接於自來水之水龍 頭201之例。 採用該構造,由於可將自離子溶出單元300之水之流出方 向’自垂直方向如改變成水平方向,因此可輕鬆引回與離 子〉谷出單7L 300之第二連接部3〇3連接之第二軟管2〇3。亦 即,即使洗衣機1之連接管51與離子溶出單元3〇〇之距離過 近日寸,不致勉強寫、曲第二軟管2〇3,而可迂迴地連接離子溶 出單7L 300與洗衣機!,以減少對第二軟管2〇3之物理性負 擔。 ' (3 - 5 - 2.流出方向可變部) 此外,亦可採用不彎曲單元本體301,而如圖26所示,對 88498-941025.doc -57- 1252268 單元本體301連接改變自單元本體3〇1之水流出方向之流出 方向可變部306的構造。 該流出方向可變部306係以彎曲成大致90度之筒狀管構 成。流出方向可變部306之一端可旋轉地安裝於離子溶出單 元300之第一連接部3〇3,另一端上嵌入第二軟管2〇3(參照 圖1 1)。自自來水之水龍頭20 1供給,並垂直向下流入單元 本體301内部之水,被流出方向可變部306轉換大致9〇度方 向,而在水平方向上流動,並經由第二軟管203而供給至洗 衣機1,因此可自由引回第二軟管2〇3,避開洗衣機i周圍之 壁等’便於利用離子溶出單元3〇〇。 此外,由於流出方向可變部306係設計成可對離子溶出單 元300之第二連接部3〇3旋轉,因此可因應其設置位置來自 由選擇自離子溶出單元3〇〇之水流出方向,更便於利用離子 〉谷出早7Q 3 0 0。 此外,如亦可在流出方向可變部306上設置將後述之驅動 單元400之狀悲顯示部4〇2(參照圖27)予以單元化者,不過此 種情況下旋轉流出方向可變部3〇6時,可將狀態顯示部4〇2 没於使用者容易觀察之位置,而可提高其觀察性。 此外,如圖26所示,構成在流出方向可變部3〇6之外面設 置固疋離子浴出單元3〇〇之第二連接部3〇3之顎部3〇3b之固 疋。卩3 0 6 a日守,可確實防止流出方向可變部% 6自第二連接部 303脫離。 (3-5-3.單元本體之傾斜配置) 上述構造之單元本體301係配置成水垂直向下流入其内 88498-941025.doc -58- 1252268 ^不過並不限定於該配置。如亦可構成傾斜配置單元本 — 亦即,亦可配置單元本體3 0 1成流入内部之水對垂 直方向傾斜流動。另外,水對垂直方向傾斜流動之概念中 亦包含水在水平方向(橫向)流動時。 ^ 採用該構造時,不變更電極311,312之大小,而可抑制 單元本體3〇1甚至離子溶出單元3〇〇之高度方向(垂直方向) 之尺寸。因此,在確保與配置離子溶出單元3〇〇成流水方向 為垂直方向時相同之金屬離子溶出能力情況下,即使自來The jig 231 is attached to a substantially circular fixing member at the end of the tap 20 of the tap water. Specifically, above the outer surface of the jig 231, four screws are arranged in the direction of the circle: the jig 231 is embedded in the faucet 20, and the special screw is tightened, which is too eye-catching. . m _ Fix the clamp 231 to the faucet 201. Therefore, the clamp 231 can be surely coupled to the faucet 2〇1. On the outside of the clip 23 1 , a screw groove is engraved below the screw position. The inside of the second jig 231 is provided with an elastic member for sealing (such as a rubber knee). ', the mouth buckle has · the first cylindrical part of the roughly cylindrical shape, its 88498-941025. Doc • 39- 1252268 A screw groove is formed on the inner surface to be screwed to the screw groove on the outer surface of the clamp 231; and a second cylindrical portion 232b having a substantially cylindrical shape is formed on the first cylindrical portion 232a with a predetermined interval therebetween. Inside. Then, the first cylindrical portion 23 and the opening portion of the second cylindrical portion 232b on the side of the tube body 21 are bonded to the outer circumference and the inner circumference of the donut-shaped disc. The screw portion 232 is formed on the original disk. A connecting pipe 233 that communicates with the second cylindrical portion 汕 is integrally formed at the bottom of the screwing portion 232. When the connecting pipe 233 penetrates the movable means 222, the water passing through the connecting portion 221 is introduced through the connecting pipe 233'. The means 222. The movable portion 222 is formed on the outer surface of the connecting tube 233, and the groove portion 233 & (see Fig. 14) in which a plurality of steel balls 241 & amps are inserted is formed. Further, the outer surface of the first cylindrical portion 232a of the screw portion 232 is formed. The movable portion 234 is fixed to the crotch portion 234 which is fixed by the fixing portion 244. The structure of the movable device 222 has the connecting portion 24 and the movable portion with the eight connecting portions 243 and the fixing portion 244. The shell wearing portion 24 1 is formed substantially. The cylindrical shape has an inner side penetrating the connecting pipe 233. The inner diameter of the penetrating portion 241 is substantially the same as the outer diameter of the connecting pipe 233. The wall portion of the penetrating portion 241 may be perpendicular to the central axis of the penetrating portion 241 ( The small-diameter steel balls 241a, which are hereinafter referred to as moving in the radial direction, are equally disposed at four locations in the circumferential direction of the wall portion. The steel balls 24la are formed to have a diameter larger than the thickness of the wall portion. The movable portion 242 is externally passed through several The gap covers the penetrating portion 241 and is movable along a portion of the water flowing into the inside to form a substantially circular shape. The movable portion 242 is on the upstream side toward the flowing direction (the side opposite to the side of the hose body 210), Applying force 245 (refer to Figure 14) by spring or the like to apply 88498-941025. Doc -40- 1252268 Force can be manually pressed to the downstream side (the side of the hose body 2). The connecting portion 243 is a portion that is in communication with the hose body 210. The fixing portion 244 is provided to protrude from the outer surface of the movable portion 242, and when the connecting tube 233 is inserted through the through portion 241, the flange portion 234 of the coupling portion 221 is fixed. In the above configuration, when the first hose 202 is fixed to the faucet 201, the joint portion 221 is first fixed to the tap faucet 2〇1 of the tap water. That is, the jig 231 is fixed to the faucet 2〇1 by screws, and the screw groove of the jig 23 is screwed to the screw groove of the screwing portion 232 to fix the same. Then, the movable portion 242 of the movable means 222 is manually pressed and held downward in the flowing direction, and the penetrating portion 241 is inserted into the connecting tube 233 of the connecting portion 221. At this time, since the steel ball 241 & does not apply any pressing force in the radial direction of the penetrating portion 241, the connecting pipe 233 presses the steel ball 241a outward in the radial direction while penetrating the inner side of the penetrating portion 241. When the hand is moved away from the movable portion 242 at the time of completion, as shown in Fig. 14, the movable portion 242 is moved in the direction of the connecting portion 221 by the biasing force of the biasing means 245. At this time, the inner surface of the movable portion 242 is in contact with the steel ball 24U of the penetrating portion 241, and a pressing force is applied to the inner side of the steel ball 24 1 a from the outer side in the radial direction. Thereby, the steel ball 24 la is fitted and pressed into the groove portion 233a of the connecting pipe 233 penetrating the penetrating portion 241, and the connecting portion 221 and the movable means 222 are fixed to each other. At the same time, the crotch portion 234 of the connecting portion 221 is fixed by the fixing portion 244 of the movable means 222, and the movement preventing means 222 can be surely prevented from being detached from the connecting portion 221. Further, when the connecting portion 221 and the movable means 222 are separated, the fixing portion 244 and the weir portion 234 are manually released, and the movable portion 242 is manually placed on the downstream side in the flowing direction. Thereby, the lifting of the movable part 242 on the steel ball 24U is squeezed 88498-941025. Doc -41 - 1252268 pressure, so the extrusion of the steel ball 24 la to the connecting pipe 233 can be released. Therefore, the connecting pipe 233 can be extracted from the penetrating portion 241, and the connecting portion 221 and the movable means 222 can be separated. Therefore, the first connecting portion 211 has a connecting portion 221 attached to the tap 20 of the tap water; The movable means 222 for detaching the connecting pipe 233 of the portion 221 · the movable means 222 and (a) the penetrating portion 241 penetrating the connecting pipe 233; and the (b) hose body 210 coupled to the connecting and dismounting direction of the connecting pipe 233 The moving portion has a structure in which the pressing member (the steel ball 241a) provided in the penetrating portion 241 is pressed against the movable portion 242 in the direction in which the connecting portion 233 is in contact with the connecting portion 233. By using such a movable means 222, it is only necessary to touch the movable means 222, that is, the connecting portion 221 and the hose body 21 can be connected or disconnected. Therefore, even women (housewives) and those with less strength can easily disassemble the two. In particular, as described above, since the biasing means 245 for biasing the movable portion 242 toward the upstream side in the flowing direction is provided in the movable means 222, the movable portion 242 can be easily moved by the biasing force, so that the movable portion 242 is moved by the movable portion 242. Moving toward the upstream side in the flowing direction, the steel ball 241a can be easily pressed against the connecting pipe 233. Therefore, the fixing of the connecting pipe 233 and the movable means 222 is made easier. Further, the activity means 222 also considers a structure in which the movable portion 242 is moved by a screw type. However, the means described in the present embodiment is also more usable, and it is not necessary to worry about looseness and is fixed. In the above description, the jig 231 and the screwing portion 232 can be separated from each other in the connecting portion 221, but these may be integrally formed from the beginning. At this time, the clip 23 1 can be inserted into the end of the faucet 20 1 , and only by tightening the screw, 88498-941025 can be used. Doc - 42 - 1252268 The joint portion 221 is attached to the faucet 201. In addition, on the tap 20 of the tap water, it is also possible to have the equivalent of 231. At this time, the joint portion 221 does not require the jig 231, but may be constituted only by the screw portion 232. At this time, since the jig 231 is not required, the number of parts can be reduced, so that the product cost can be suppressed. From the above, it can be said that the connecting portion 22 of the first connecting portion 211 of the present embodiment (a) the detachable jig 231 and the screwing portion 232 are integrally formed; or the cymbal (b) can be installed only It is composed of a screw joint portion 232 of a tap of a tap of the water tap 2〇1. In addition, some tap water taps 2〇1 are pre-formed to correspond to the above-mentioned snails. °卩232. At this time, by forming the first connecting portion 211 only by the moving means 222, it is also possible to correspond to the tap faucet 2?1 of the tap water, and the connecting portion 221 is not required, and the product cost can be suppressed. (1-2. Second Connecting Portion) The second connecting portion 212 of the first hose 202 is provided at the other end of the hose body 21, and is connected to the ion eluting unit 3A. The structure of the second connecting portion 2U of the present embodiment is completely the same as the moving means η of the first connecting portion 211. Therefore, when the first hose 2〇2 and the ion elution unit 3 are connected in series, it is only necessary to perform the following. First, as shown in FIG. 15A, in the case where the movement (10) is manually moved and held to the hose main body 2_ (upstream side in the flowing direction), the penetration means of the movable means 222 of the second connecting portion 212 of the first hose 202 is first. The inside of the crucible 24 , passes through the first connecting portion 3〇2 of the ion eluting unit 3〇〇. Then, as shown in Fig. 15Β, when the penetration is completed, the hand is free from the active part of the ice 88498-941025. Doc - 43 - 1252268 is opened, and the movable portion 242 is moved toward the ion eluting unit 300 side by the biasing force of the biasing means 245. Thereby, the movable portion 242 presses the steel ball 241a toward the inner side in the radial direction of the penetrating portion 241, and the steel ball 241a is fitted into the groove portion 302c (see FIG. 5A) formed on the outer surface of the connecting tube 302a of the first connecting portion 3〇2, and Squeeze the first connection portion 3〇2. The second connecting portion 212 and the first connecting portion 3〇2 are thus fixed. Further, when the first hose 202 and the ion elution unit 3 are separated, the movable portion 242 is manually moved toward the hose main body 210 side (upstream side in the flowing direction), and the squeeze of the steel ball 241a to the first connecting portion 302 is released. Press it. Thereby, the first connecting portion 3〇2' can be extracted from the penetrating portion 24, and the first hose 2〇2 and the two-out unit 300 can be separated. Thus, the second connecting portion 212 can be connected or disconnected from the first hose 2:2 by the contact means 222 by means of the movable means 222: the ion eluting unit 30G. Therefore, it is possible to obtain the same effect as when the first connecting portion 2 1 1 is provided, simply by attaching and detaching the two. (2. Second hose) The second hose 203 shown in Fig. U is connected to the washing machine Q to which the ion discharge unit 3 is connected to the freckle water supply unit. The second hose 203 is composed of a flexible body having flexibility and a first connecting portion and a second connecting portion respectively provided at both ends of the hose body. At this time, the hose system of the second hose 203 corresponds to the soft body 2U of the first hose 202. Further, the first connecting portion and the second connecting portion of the second hose 203 are constituted only by the movable means 222 constituting the first connecting portion 211 or the second connecting portion 212 of the first soft f2G2. Therefore, by the same method as when the first hose is connected to the ion stripping unit 300, it is only necessary to touch 88498-941025. The doc-44- 1252268 movable means 222' can easily connect or separate the second hose 2G3 and the ion/combining unit 300, so that the second hose 2 and the washing machine 1 can be easily connected or separated. ^ The first hose 202 and the second hose 203 described above can be elastically formed of rubber and resin. Thereby, even if vibration (impingement wave) is applied to the portion connecting the first hose 2G2 and the second hose 203, or when an external force (high pressure) is applied, the first hose 202 or the second hose 203 can be used. The flexibility to alleviate the collision name thereof reduces the burden on the ion elution unit 300 connecting the first hose 2〇2 and the second hose 203, suppresses the occurrence of malfunctions, and the like, and hardly fears the connection. Part of the water leakage can improve the reliability of the ion elution unit 300. Further, in the above description, the first hose 202 and the second hose 203 are both constructed to have the movable hand #222, but the configuration is not limited thereto. As shown in Fig. 16, one end of the hose body 21 (e.g., the second connecting portion Μ) may be provided to rotate the inside of the hose body 21 as a shaft, and the inner surface is cut with a screw groove. The cover type connecting portion constitutes the first hose 202 and the second hose 203. Further, the cover type connecting portion may be disposed on the hose body 21 (the first connecting portion 211 and the second connecting portion) Part 2 12). The connected portion of the first soft official 202 and the second hose 203 (the faucet 2〇1, the ion/combined unit 300, the washing machine 丨) is formed on the outer surface of the cutting screw 4 groove In the case of a cylindrical shape, when the first hose and the second hose 2〇3 having such a configuration are used, the lid-shaped connecting portions can be easily connected or separated from each other by rotation of the lid-shaped connecting portion. Compared with the structure, the number of parts in the joint can be reduced, and the cost of the product can be suppressed. 88498-941025. Doc -45- 1252268 In addition, depending on the configuration of the ion elution unit 300, the first soft s 202 may be directly connected to the ion elution unit 3A, or the first soft portion may be connected via a screw type and a locking type connection portion. The tube 2〇2 is connected to the ion elution unit. (3. Ion Dissolution Unit) Next, the detailed structure of the ion elution unit 300 will be described. Fig. 17 is a perspective view showing the appearance of the ion elution unit 3 of the first hose 2〇2. 18 to 2() show a front view of the ion elution unit 300 when the ion elution unit 300 is connected to the faucet 2〇1 of the tap water via the first hose 2〇2, and the rear side of the ion elution unit. A cross-sectional view at the time of observation; and a cross-sectional view when viewed from the side. The ion elution unit 30 has a cartridge 300a formed by laminating two frames that can be separated and joined in the flow of water flowing into the inside. The connection portion between the ion eluting unit 3〇0 and the first hose 202 is concealed by the cartridge 300a to prevent damage to the appearance. 21 is a cross-sectional view showing the internal structure of the unit 300 when the ion elution unit 3 is viewed from the front, and FIG. 22 is a detailed view showing the internal structure of the ion elution unit 3 when the ion elution unit 300 is viewed from the side. Sectional view. - As shown in the drawings, the ion elution unit 3 has a unit body, a first connecting portion 302, and a second connecting portion 303. Each structure will be described below. (3-1. First connecting portion) The first connecting portion 302 is connected to the first hose 2〇2 and the unit body 301, and is integrally formed with the unit body 3〇1. The structure of the first connecting portion 2 has a connecting pipe 302a and a weir portion 3〇2b. 88498-941025. Doc - 46 - 1252268 The connecting pipe 302a penetrates the penetrating portion 241 of the first connecting portion 2i2 of the first hose 2〇2. The crotch portion 3〇2b is fixed by the fixing portion 244 of the first hose 202 when the connecting tube 3〇2& is inserted through the penetrating portion μ, thereby reliably preventing the first hose 202 from being ionized The dissolution unit 3 is detached. At this time, the first connecting portion 3〇2 can also be configured as follows. Fig. 23 is an exploded perspective view showing another configuration example of the first connecting portion 3〇2. The first connecting portion 302 is configured by a K 3 〇 4 and a screwing portion 3 〇 5 . The configuration of the holder 304 is identical to that of the first connection portion η of the first hose 2〇2. Further, the structure of the screw portion 305 is completely the same as the screw portion 23) of the first connecting portion 2 ι. That is, the screwing portion 3〇5 has a substantially cylindrical first-circle same portion 305a' which is formed with a screw groove which is screwed to the screw groove on the outer surface of the jig 3〇4 on the inner surface; and a substantially cylindrical shape The second cylindrical portion 形成 is formed inside the first cylindrical portion 3〇5a at intervals of four (4) intervals. Then, by opening the opening of the first cylindrical portion 3〇5a and the second cylindrical portion 3〇5b on the unit main body %1 side, the outer circumference and the inner circumference of the donut-shaped disc are bonded. The screw portion 3 0 5 is formed on the original disk. An early body 301 is formed integrally with the second cylindrical portion 3 at the bottom of the screw portion 305. Further, the second cylindrical portion 3 is formed in a shape that penetrates through the penetration portion 241 of the movable means 222 of the first hose 202. With this configuration. The second cylindrical portion 305b is inserted and fixed in the penetrating portion 241 of the first hose 2''' to connect the ion elution unit 3 (10) and the first hose 2'2. Thereby, the ion elution unit (10) can be connected to the tap faucet 2〇1 of the tap water via the first hose 2〇2. 88498-941025. Doc -47- 1252268 In addition, by screwing the clamp 304 to the faucet 2〇i, the screw groove of the centerpiece 304 is screwed with the screw groove of the first cylindrical portion 3() 5a, even if the first soft is not used. The tube 202' can also directly connect the ion elution unit to the faucet 201. Therefore, with the configuration of the first connecting portion 302, the first hose 202 can be easily used with or without the connection between the water jet head 201 and the ion eluting unit. (3-2·Second connection unit) The second connection unit 3〇3 of the figure 21 and FIG. 22 is connected to the second hose 203 (see FIG. 11} and the unit body 3 (1). The structure of the second connecting portion 3G3 has a connecting tube (10) and a hair generating portion 303b. The connecting tube 303a penetrates through the through portion of the first connecting portion of the second hose 2〇3. When the connecting pipe 3〇3a is inserted into the penetrating portion, the portion 3〇3b is fixed by the fixing portion of the second hose 203, whereby the second hose 203 can be surely prevented from being ejected from the ion eluting unit 3 Further, the joint official 303a is also formed in a shape of a connecting pipe (refer to Fig. 1) fitted to the washing machine. With such a configuration, the connecting pipe 303a is penetrated and fixed to the penetrating portion of the second hose 2〇3. 241, the ion elution unit 300 and the second hose 2〇3 are connected. Therefore, the ion elution unit 3〇〇 can be connected to the washing machine 1 via the second hose 2〇3. In addition, the connection tube 303a is embedded in the washing machine. When the connecting pipe is "inside, the ion eluting unit 3" and the washing machine i can be directly connected. Therefore, The above-described configuration of the second connecting portion 303, is connected to the communication ion release 88498-941025. Doc • 48- 1252268 When the unit 300 and the washing machine 1 are 203, as described above, by providing the first connection 4 302 and the first connecting portion 3〇3 on the ion eluting unit 300, the structure can be simply constructed. The ion-dissolving unit 3 is connected to the first hose 202 or the tap faucet 2 () 1 of the tap water, and " the ion/combining unit 3 is connected to the second hose or the washing machine. Therefore, the cost of the product of the rider dissolution unit can be suppressed. (3-3. Unit body) The single 7L body 301 is formed of an insulating material (such as a resin), and the water supplied from the faucet flows into the inside of the faucet to be supplied to the washing machine! . The unit body 3〇1 includes a pair of electrodes 311, 312, and has a terminal portion 313, 314 corresponding to the electrodes 311, 312 and a detecting portion 315, respectively. (3 - 3 -1 ·electrode) The electrodes 311, 312 are formed of a plate-shaped silver plate having a thickness of about 5 mm and a thickness of about 1 mm, and are formed from the upstream side of the water flowing into the unit body 301. (Fig. 22 and the upper side) are disposed on the downstream side (the lower side in Fig. 21 and Fig. 22), and the interval between the opposing surfaces is narrowed and disposed in the unit main body 3?. A voltage is applied between the pair of electrodes 3, 3, 3, and 2 by a driving unit 380, which is described later, via the cord _ and the terminal portions 313, 3 1 4, and the metal ions are eluted from the electrodes 3U, 312. . Then, the metal ions are added to the water which is inserted into the inside of the body of the early body 3, and the water is added to the metal ion water to be supplied to the washing machine to form the electrodes 311, 312. The metal is preferably silver or copper. Or such a combination. The bactericidal effect of the silver ions eluted from the silver electrode and the zinc ions eluted from the zinc electrode is good. The anti-fungal property of the copper ion eluted from the copper electrode is good... or may be 88498-941025. Doc -49 - !252268 These alloys simultaneously dissolve the ions of the constituent metals, thus providing excellent bactericidal and anti-fungal effects. Therefore, the inherent effect of the metal ions can be obtained by constituting the electrodes 311, 312 with a suitable metal. Further, it is not necessary to form the electrodes 3丨丨 and 3丨2 of the same metal by the same metal, and it is also possible to form one electrode of the non-fusible electrode (such as titanium) and the carbon electrode. Hereinafter, the antibacterial mechanism when the electrodes 3, 3, 12 and 12 are used as the silver electrode is specifically as follows. If the clothes absorb sweat and smell, the bacteria will multiply. Sweat is inherently odorless, but because one of the ingredients contains glycerin fats of fatty acids and glycerin, the bacteria break down the glycerides, and the fatty acids decomposed from the glycerides release the odor. When the germanium electrodes 31A and 312 are silver electrodes, a voltage is applied to the electrodes on the electrodes to cause ΑρΑ§+_^. In the reaction, silver is eluted into water. By the action of the silver ions on the bacteria causing the odor, the bacteria are passivated, and the sweat component (glyceride) cannot be decomposed to suppress the generation of odor. Further, the above-mentioned "passivation" means the action of sterilization, sterilization, sterilization, decomposition, removal, and the like. The above-described electrode 31b 312 is integrally formed with the unit body 3〇1. In other words, the electrode 311, 312 is disposed in the photocurable resin, and the resin is cured by irradiation of ultraviolet rays or the like; and the electrode 3 is placed in the mold and then poured into the resin. The method of cooling and hardening (fill molding) is formed to form a unit body 3〇 integrated with the electrodes 311 and 312. Further, by forming the electrodes, the electrodes 311, 312 are partially selected by the inner wall of the unit body π. When the unit body 301 is constructed by laminating a plurality of frames, the internal water may be 88498-941025. Doc -50- 1252268 Leak from the fitting part to the outside. However, in the present embodiment, the unit body 301 is integrally formed by including the electrodes 3U and 312 therein, and there is no problem that the self-bonding portion leaks water, and the sealing property of the unit body 3〇1 can be favorably maintained. Further, the electrode 311' 312 is gradually consumed and reduced by elution of metal ions such as silver ions. Thus, the distance between the electrodes 311, 312 is enlarged, and the surface area of the electrodes 3 ι, 3 12 is smashed. At this time, the required amount of metal ion elution is required to be applied, and the voltage required to flow the same current on the electrodes 3 11, 3 12 rises. However, there is an upper limit to the voltage that can be supplied, and the current flowing into the electrodes 311, 312 drops when the voltage reaches the upper limit. Thus, the amount of metal ions eluted is reduced, and metal ions of a specific concentration cannot be ensured. Therefore, in order to obtain the sterilizing effect of the metal ions, it is necessary to replace the new electrodes 311, 312 at the stage where the metal ion elution amount cannot be ensured. In the present embodiment, as described above, the electrodes 311, 312 are formed in the same manner as the unit body 3, so that they are replaced with the new unit body 301. That is, the unit body 3G1 of the present embodiment belongs to the disposable type. Thus, the replaceable unit can prevent the user from assembling the electrode and changing the electrode when the electrode is replaced, and the user can easily and easily replace it. Further, in the present embodiment, the unit main body 301 has a pair of (two) electrodes 311' 312, but the number of electrodes is not limited thereto. Even if the unit body 301 has a plurality of electrodes on the sheet and the upper electrode, the effect of the present invention can be obtained by applying a voltage to the electrodes and eluting the metal ions from the electrodes. (3-3-2·terminal part) ί而子. Ρ 313 ' 314 is electrically connected to the electrode, 312 and the terminal of the driving unit, and is provided through the side wall of the unit body 3〇1. These terminal parts 88498-941025. Doc -51 - 1252268 313 314: The end is electrically connected to the electrodes 3U, 312 by silver soldering, and electrically connected to the driving unit 400 by the cord 500. In addition, the above-mentioned so-called silver soldering, such as silver, copper and copper alloys as a solder, does not dissolve the metal of the base material, and smashes the material below the temperature of the base material, and then the metal is bonded to the base material. method. The terminal portion 313, 314 of the Becker object is configured to have at least a shape in which the cross section of the unit body "I: the wearing portion has a circular shape. When the structure is used, the internal pressure in the early body body 310 is formed (water) The pressure is equally applied to the circumferential side of the above-mentioned penetrating portion. Even if it is high in water, it is not easy to cause water leakage. Thus, the female "using the ionizing unit 3" is also used. Further, even if such a configuration is employed, the production variation of the ion elution unit hardly occurs, and the production margin can be improved. In particular, the terminal portions 313 and 314 of the present embodiment are formed in a circular cylindrical shape having a whole axial direction. Further, the through portions of the terminal portions 313, 314 and the unit body 301 are sealed by a sealing member 3?3&, (see Fig. 19) such as a 〇-shaped ring. Since the terminal portions 313 and 314 are formed in a cylindrical shape, it is easy to insert the sealing portions 313a and 314a, and the sealing property of the penetrating portion can be surely obtained. (3-3-3. Detection unit 315 is a detection means for detecting the inside of the detection unit main body 3〇1 and the flow rate of the flow to the y side. The present embodiment is provided in the flow direction of the unit main body 3 〇1 in the flow direction 311. 312 is more upstream. The detecting unit 315 includes a rotor 3 16 (see Fig. 24), a magnet 3 17 and a magnetic detecting unit 3 1 8 . Fig. 24 is a perspective view showing the rotor 316 in an enlarged manner. The rotor 316 is united by unit 88498-941025. Doc -52- 1252268 The water in the body 3 Ο 1 is rotated by passing therethrough and has a rotating shaft portion 321 in the flow direction of the water. The rotating shaft portion 321 is supported by a bearing not shown. Then, the two blades 322 which are subjected to water are respectively fixed to the rotating shaft portion 321 at positions symmetrical with each other. Each of the vanes 322 hits the respective vanes by the water flowing into the unit main body 3〇1 and flows, and receives the force in the rotational direction of the rotating shaft portion 32丨, whereby the entire rotor 3 16 is rotated. 321 rotates centering. Further, the rotor 316 has two cup-shaped accommodating portions 323, and the bottom portions of the respective accommodating portions 323 on the opposite side to the opening 323a are fixed to the rotating shaft portion 321 at positions symmetrical with each other. The magnet 317 described above is housed in at least one of the two housing portions 323. When the magnet 317 is housed in only one of the accommodating portions 323, the other accommodating portion 323 is provided with a weight 319 such as a magnet 317 to maintain the balance when the rotor 316 rotates. The opening portion of each of the accommodating portions 323 is closed by a cover (not shown). The magnetic detecting portion 3 1 8 (see FIG. 2 2) is based on the magnetism and culture of the magnet Η 7 when the rotor 3丨6 is rotated. The detecting unit body 3 has at least one of a non-current flow and a flow rate therein, and is disposed on the unit main body 301. The magnetic detecting portion 318 detects the magnetism of the magnet in a non-contact manner via a resin forming a wall of the unit main body 301. The change Hall is formed by the Hall IC. With the above configuration, water flows into the unit body 3〇1, and when the rotor 316 rotates, the magnetic force (magnetic flux, magnetic field) generated from the magnet 3Π also changes. By detecting the magnetic change in a non-contact manner, there is no water flow in the detecting unit body 301. Further, by detecting the change in the number of cycles per unit time of the magnetic change by the magnetic detecting portion 318, the number of revolutions per unit time of the rotor 316 can be detected. And 88498-941025. Doc -53 - 1252268 The flow rate of water flowing into the early element body 3 〇 i is measured. In other words, as described above, the detecting unit 3 15 can reliably detect at least one of the water flow and the flow rate inside the unit main body 3〇1 in accordance with the magnetic change of the magnet 3 17 . Further, since the structure of the detecting portion 315 has the rotor 316 (rotating element) which is rotated by the passage of water through the unit main body 3〇1, when the water flow rate is small, it is possible to detect the waterless flow easily and surely. Further, since the number of revolutions of the rotor 316 varies depending on the flow rate of the water flowing, the magnetic detecting unit 318 detects the detection signal corresponding to the flow rate, and can accurately detect the water flow rate. Further, the detecting unit 315 of the present embodiment is provided integrally with the unit main body 3〇, but may be provided separately from the unit main body 3〇1. In other words, the detecting unit 315 and the unit body 301 can be configured separately, and combined. At this time, even if the unit body 3 needs to be replaced due to the consumption of the electrode 312 in the unit body 301 (H), the detection unit 315 does not need to be replaced. Therefore, the detection unit 315 can be effectively utilized to suppress the cost of replacing the unit. The installation position of the detecting unit 315 is not limited to the electrodes 3n, 31 & the upstream side of the flow direction in the unit main body 3〇1, and may be on the downstream side. Further, the detecting unit 315 may be provided in an outflow direction variable portion which will be described later. In addition, the detecting unit 315 may be disposed in the first connecting portion 302 or in the second connecting portion 303, for example, when the faucet from the tap water is added to the water supply path of the washing machine 1, and may be provided in the second connecting portion 303. Alternatively, it may be disposed outside the rotten ion dissipating unit (for example, the first hose 202 and the second hose 2〇3). (4) The rotating shaft portion 321 of the rotor 316 may be disposed in the direction of the parent and the fork in the direction of water flow. On the 'rotate the rotor 316 as a waterwheel. 88498-941025. Doc > 54 - 1252268 In the present embodiment, an example in which the detecting unit 3 15 is configured by the rotation detecting method of the rotor 316 will be described. Alternatively, it may be configured in a flow path type. The so-called flow path type, the spring-supported moving body in the flowing water path, when the water flows, the moving body is squeezed and moved by the water flow, and by appropriate sensing: detecting the movement of the moving body to detect the water flow method. If a magnet is placed in the moving body and a magnetic detecting portion (Hall IC) is provided at a position where the moving body moves when the water flows, the flow of water can be detected by magnetic detection. As described above, when the detecting portion 315 is formed in a flow type, the magnetic detection does not depend on the rotational speed of the rotor SB, and the magnetic change is only required to be detected or there is no flow. Therefore, even if the reaction rate is slow, the magnetic detecting portion (Hall IC) is formed. The water flow can still be reliably detected. From the above, it can be said that the structure of the detecting portion 315 can also have a moving body that moves in response to the flow of water, a magnet that is enclosed in the moving body, and a magnetic detecting portion. The method detects that there is no water flow by detecting the magnetic properties of the magnet at the position where the moving body moves. (3_4·Effects) The antibacterial treatment device according to the present embodiment includes an anti-g treatment device for an ion generating unit (e.g., an ion eluting unit), and the ion generating unit is added to be supplied by a water supply device (e.g., washing machine 1). To the metal ions (such as silver ions) in the water to be supplied to the water supply object (such as washing water), the structure of the ion generating portion can be freely removed from the outside of the water supply device, and the tap water 201 from the tap water to the water supply device Water supply path. More specifically, the foregoing ion generating portion includes a pair of electrodes 3ΐ, 3D, and an ion dissolving unit 88498-941〇25 having the unit body 3()1 inside the water flow person. c}〇c -55- 1252268 300 constitutes an ion dissolving unit/, (a) a connecting portion 3〇2, which is used for the unit body 301 and the tap 201 or the tap from the tap water 2 0 1 The first teaching of the water flow of the supply is less than the second person 202; and (b) the second connection, ^ Γ 凡 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 The water jacket is connected; the structure for freely removing the above supply path is realized. Further, since the laundry (4) externally adds the ion generating portion, even if the washing machine 1 is initially covered with the squid; the $4 ... ion generating portion can easily realize the same function as the laundry (four) having the ion generating portion. Therefore, the money is changed to buy the washing machine 1' having the ion generating unit, and it is a waste of money to buy the washing machine 1. It is possible to effectively use the existing washing machine. In addition, since the ion generating unit can freely remove the path of supplying water to the washing machine 1, it is also possible Replace it easily. In addition, the ion elution unit 300 has the first connection portion 302 and the second connection port 303'. The ion elution unit 300 can be disposed outside the washing machine i as follows, and the water passage path is the tap water 20 1 of the tap water. The first hose 202, the ion elution unit 3, the second hose 2〇3, and the washing machine are arranged to arrange the ion elution unit 300 (the connection method of FIG. The path through which the first water passes is the tap water tap 2, the ion elution unit 300, the second hose 203, and the washing machine 1, and the ion elution unit 300 is disposed. The path of the water passage is: a tap of the tap water 2 〇 1, a first hose 202, an ion elution unit 3〇〇, and a washing machine 丨 to arrange the ion elution unit 3〇〇. 88498-941025. Doc -56- 1252268, by the ion elution unit 300 having the first connecting portion 3〇2 and the second connecting portion 仏3, as described above, the water supply from the tap faucet 2〇1 of the tap water to the washing machine: the road setting When the ion elution unit 3 (10) is connected, the method of setting the ion elution unit 3 is required. (3-5. Other structures of the ion elution unit) (3·5-1·shape of the unit body) The unit of the X-type non-ion elution unit 3 is formed in a shape that extends vertically downward along the direction of the water flowing into the interior. However, the shape is formed, but the shape of the unitary body 301 is not limited thereto. As shown in Fig. 25, the unit main body 301 can also be formed by changing the shape of the flow direction of the water flowing into the inside by the boring of the electrode 3U, 312 on the downstream side in the flowing direction, for example, by twisting 90 degrees. That is, the element body 3〇1 may be formed by a shape in which water flows out in a direction in which the inflow direction of the water flowing into the unit body 3〇1 is different. Further, Fig. 25 shows an example in which the ion elution unit is directly connected to the water head 201 of the tap water. With this configuration, since the outflow direction of the water from the ion elution unit 300 can be changed from the vertical direction to the horizontal direction, the second connection portion 3〇3 of the ion column 7L 300 can be easily connected. The second hose 2〇3. That is, even if the distance between the connecting tube 51 of the washing machine 1 and the ion eluting unit 3 is too close to the next day, the second hose 2〇3 is not forced to be written, and the ion eluting sheet 7L 300 and the washing machine can be connected roundabout! To reduce the physical load on the second hose 2〇3. ' (3 - 5 - 2. The outflow direction variable portion) In addition, the unit body 301 may not be bent, but as shown in Fig. 26, pair 88498-941025. Doc - 57 - 1252268 The unit body 301 is connected to a configuration in which the direction variable portion 306 is changed from the water outflow direction of the unit body 3〇1. The outflow direction variable portion 306 is formed of a cylindrical tube bent to be substantially 90 degrees. One end of the outflow direction variable portion 306 is rotatably attached to the first connecting portion 3?3 of the ion eluting unit 300, and the other end is fitted with the second hose 2?3 (refer to Fig. 11). The water supplied from the faucet 20 1 of the tap water and flowing vertically downward into the unit body 301 is converted into the direction of the substantially 〇 degree by the outflow direction variable portion 306, flows in the horizontal direction, and is supplied through the second hose 203. To the washing machine 1, it is possible to freely return the second hose 2〇3, avoiding the wall around the washing machine i, etc., to facilitate the use of the ion eluting unit 3〇〇. In addition, since the outflow direction variable portion 306 is designed to be rotatable to the second connection portion 3〇3 of the ion elution unit 300, the water supply direction selected from the ion elution unit 3 can be selected in response to the set position thereof, and Easy to use ion> Valley out 7Q 3 0 0. Further, if the outflow direction variable portion 306 is provided with a unitary display unit 4〇2 (see FIG. 27) of the drive unit 400 to be described later, the rotation outflow direction variable unit 3 may be rotated in this case. At 〇6, the state display unit 4〇2 can be used at a position that is easy for the user to observe, and the visibility can be improved. Further, as shown in Fig. 26, the dam portion 3〇3b of the second connecting portion 3〇3 of the solid-state ion bathing unit 3 is disposed on the outer surface of the outflow direction variable portion 3〇6.卩3 0 6 a day, it is possible to surely prevent the outflow direction variable portion % 6 from being detached from the second connecting portion 303. (3-5-3. The inclined configuration of the unit body) The unit body 301 of the above configuration is configured such that water flows vertically downward into it 88498-941025. Doc -58- 1252268 ^But it is not limited to this configuration. For example, the tilting unit may be formed—that is, the unit body 30 1 may be arranged such that the water flowing into the interior flows obliquely in the vertical direction. In addition, the concept of water flowing obliquely in the vertical direction also includes water flowing in the horizontal direction (lateral direction). With this configuration, the size of the electrodes 311, 312 is not changed, and the size of the height direction (vertical direction) of the unit body 3〇1 or even the ion eluting unit 3〇〇 can be suppressed. Therefore, even when it is ensured that the metal ion elution ability is the same as when the ion discharge unit 3 is disposed in the direction perpendicular to the flow direction, even if it is a self-contained

水之水龍頭2G1與洗衣機!間之高度空間上無餘裕,仍不致 碰到周邊之機器及壁’而可輕易地安裝離子溶出單元300。 因而可擴大離子溶出單元3〇〇之設置位置之選擇性。 (3-5-4·第一過濾器) 1及圖22所示,亦可構成在離子溶出單元3〇〇之單; 本體301内之比電極311 , 312在流水方向更上游側上設置e 去水中雜質之第一過濾器33 1。Water tap 2G1 and washing machine! The ion dissolving unit 300 can be easily installed without any space in the space and without touching the surrounding machine and wall. Therefore, the selectivity of the set position of the ion elution unit 3 can be expanded. (3-5-4·first filter) 1 and FIG. 22 may be configured as a single unit in the ion elution unit 3; the specific electrodes 311 and 312 in the body 301 are disposed on the upstream side in the flowing direction. The first filter 33 1 for removing impurities from the water.

採用該構造時,可藉由第—過濾、H 331擔住水中之污垢J 金屬沈殿物等雜質,因此可防止因此種雜質附著於電才 311 ’ 312上,或堵塞於電極311,312間。因而可防止因莽 質附著之弊端(如金屬離子之溶出量減少)。 ’ 此外’第-過濾器331尤宜設於水流向離子溶出單元% 之Γ 口二亦:設於第一連接部3〇2上。此時自供給路徑上· 下離子 >谷出早$ 300時’使用者可輕易清掃第—過濾器,』 有保養合易之優點。此外,與在離子溶出單元: 出第一過濾器331用之取出部之構造比較,因不需要 88498-941025.doc -59- 1252268 出4而可抑制零件數量,亦不需要在其取出部上實施密 封’因此不必擔心漏水。 此外’第一過濾器331宜設於比檢測部315在流水方向更 上游側此牯,可防止水中之污垢及金屬沈澱物等之雜質 附著、塞入檢測部315,影響檢測部315之檢測,造成動作 不良。 另外第過濾器331並不限定於上述之離子溶出單元 3 〇〇内’亦可设置於離子溶出單元300與水龍頭201間之水供 路拴上(如在第一軟管202内)。此時亦可獲得與上述相同籲 之效果。 (3-5-5.第二過濾器) 亦可構成在離子溶出單元300之單元本體3〇1内之比電極 在机水方向更下游側,設置除去水中雜質之第二 ° °玄第—過濾器亦可設於離子溶出單元3 00内,亦可 設於離子溶出單元⑽與洗衣機1間之水供給路上(如第二 軟管203内)。 採用該構造時,即使離子溶出單元300之電極311,312鲁 之金屬破片流向下游側,仍可藉由第二過遽器擋住。藉此, 可防止因金屬破片碰到下游之機器(洗衣機υ及物品(洗滌 物)而產生弊端。 此外,帛二過濾器宜設於水向離子溶出單元3〇〇之流出 口亦即设於弟二連接部3〇3上。此時,藉由自供給路徑上 2罐子溶出單元3⑽,使用者可輕易清掃第二過濾器,保 <今易。此外’與在離子溶出單元3⑼上設置取出第二過遽 88498-941025.doc -60- 1252268 了之構造比較’不需要此種取出部 :^,亦不需要在其取出部上實施密封,因此不必擔: 此外帛一過遽器亦可設於比電極 更下游側,且比檢測部31卿方向更上游側在I:方: :過h亦可配置於電極311,312與其流水方向下游側之 檢測部315之間。此時,由於可藉由第二過遽器來 311,312之金屬石皮^、古1^丁> ^ ‘ 笔極 、>屬皮片〜向下游側’因此可防止上 片碰到檢測部315,而造成檢測部315動作不良的情形屬皮 (3-5-6.第一連接部及第二連接部與單元本體蝴 上述之第—連接部302亦可設置成可對内包電極311,312 之早%本體30!分離。此外’上述第二連接部加亦可,置 成可對該單元本體301分離。此時,即使如因電極m2 ϋ耗而須更換單元本㈣1時,無須更換第—連接部302及 弟一連接部3〇3。因而可有效利用第-連接部302及第二連 接部303,抑制單元更換時之花費。 (3-5-7.發電機) 一本實施形態之離子溶出單元300亦可内藏藉由轉子因單 70本體3〇1内之水流而旋轉來發電之發電機。此時,上述轉 子,可為檢測部315之轉子31卜採用該構造時,僅於水流 入單元本體301内時,藉由本身發電自動地施加電壓於電極 3U,312上,而可自動溶出金屬離子。 (3-5-8.離子產生部之其他構造) 以上之離子產生部係以使用具備溶出金屬離子之電極 88498-941025.doc -61 - 1252268 311’ 312之離子溶出單元鳩為例作說明,不過本發明並不 限疋於此。離子溶出部之構造亦可為如在圓筒内裝填金屬 料溶出材料(銀溶出材料時為硫化銀等),只須使水通過圓 同内(不施加電壓)即可溶出金屬離子。 (4 _驅動單元) 其次,詳細說明驅動單元4〇〇。 圖27A至圖27D分別為顯示驅動單元彻之外觀構造之平 面圖、正面圖、側面圖及背面圖。此外,圖28係顯示驅動 早疋_之内部詳細構造之區塊圖。另外,驅動單元400内 部之基本電路構造與第一種實施形態之圖9所示之電源單 元101之驅動電路120大致相同。 驅動單元400係驅動離子溶出單元3〇〇者,其具有:操作 部4〇1、狀態顯示部402、電壓產生部403、變壓電路4〇4、 電源電壓檢測部405、電流檢測電路4〇6及控制部4〇7。控制 部407係控制上述各部之動作。此外,於驅動單元彻之背 面設有插人貼附於壁及洗衣機1之鉤之孔她(參照圖27C 及圖27D)。以下詳細說明各構造。 (4-1.操作部) 操作部401係使用者進行切換驅動單元4〇〇之運轉之接通 /斷開之操作用者’並以轉紐、桿及按紐等構成。藉由將此 種操作部401設於驅動單元4〇〇上,使用者將驅動單元4〇〇設 於容易操作之位置,可自由切換驅動單元400之運轉。 特別是本實施形態如圖27B所示’係藉由旋轉式之轉紐來 構成操作部4〇1。藉此,可藉由旋轉之操作部4〇ι之物理性 88498-941025.doc -62- 1252268 狀態變化,可輕易確認驅動單元400之動作狀態。因此,無 須設置顯示運轉之接通/斷開之動作狀態用之LED等,亦不 致因此種顯示而無謂消耗電力。特別是以電池驅動時,可 將此種無謂消耗之電力有效利用於電池驅動。 另外’操作部401不使用電力而只須物理性進行狀態變 化’即可輕易瞭解驅動單元400之動作狀態。此種物理性之 狀恶變化,除上述之轉鈕之旋轉之外,亦包含按鈕之凹凸、 桿之倒下、按鈕之顏色及文字之變化等。 (4-2·狀態顯示部) 狀態顯示部402係顯示驅動單元400之運轉狀態者,如以 led構成。具體而言,狀態顯示部4〇2係由電池壽命顯示燈 402a及銀離子溶出燈扣孔構成。此等燈之點亮及熄滅係藉 由後述之控制部407來控制。 電池壽命燈402a係以後述之電源電壓檢測部4〇5檢測出 電壓產生部403之電池壽命時閃爍(忽亮忽滅)之燈。另外, 驅動單元400之運轉接通狀態及斷開狀態中,電池尚有電力 時,為求抑制電池之消耗,電池壽命顯示燈4〇。係保持烺 滅狀態。 " 銀離子顯示燈402b係後述之電壓產生部4〇3產生之兩 施加於離子溶出單元⑽之電極311,312,而溶出金屬: =銀料^閃敎燈。通f由於人肉眼無法看到銀離子 岭出因此藉由設置此種銀離子顯示燈4〇2b讓使用者知 ㈣子々出’使用者可輕易地瞭解係確實進行銀離子溶 及其溶出時期,而可安心使用本發明之抗菌處理裝置⑽ 88498-941025.doc -63- 1252268 此牯,離子洛出單元300之電極3i],312因銀離子溶出而 /肖耗,基於上述之理由,流入電極3ΐι,川之電流減少時, 可判斷私極3 11 ’ 3 12之壽命(更換時間)。因此,後述之電流 檢測電路406檢測出流入電極311,⑴之冑流小於臨限值 時,控制部407判斷電極311,312消耗而需要更換,使銀離 子,、、、員不k 402b快速閃爍。藉此,讓使用者瞭解離子溶出單 兀3 00(單το本體3G1)需要更換,可督促使用者進行其更換作 業。 、 另卜私極3 11,3 12消耗時,為求避免使用者不知道無 法進灯所需之抗菌處理而繼續使用,帛比電池無電時優先 督促使用者更換離子溶出單元3〇〇。因而控制部4〇7在藉由 操作部4G1之操作斷開動單元之運轉前4是在電池 無電之丽,持續銀離子顯示燈4〇2b之閃爍顯示。 此外,連接驅動單元400與離子溶出單元3〇〇之軟線5〇q, =某種原因而脫落時,儘管驅動單元之運轉在接通狀 心由於並未經由軟線500而施加電壓於離子溶出單元3〇〇 之電極3U,312,因此電流不流入電極311,312。因而, 此時亦與上述同樣地,控制部4〇7依據來自電流檢測電路 406之檢測信號,使銀離子顯示燈4〇孔快速閃爍,來將異常 狀態告知使用者。 如此,控制部407在離子溶出單元3〇〇之金屬離子溶出上 發生障礙之異常情況(電池壽命、電極3n,312之消耗、軟 線500脫落等)時,在主電源(電池)切斷前,持續顯示(閃爍 或快速閃爍)電池壽命顯示燈4〇2a及銀離子溶出燈糾孔。藉 88498-941025.doc -64- !252268 此’可使使用者確實瞭解異常情況,可督促使用者採取適 切對策(更換電池、更換單元本體3(H、再度連接軟線5〇〇)。 另外’當然亦可構成在驅動單元400上設置產生警告聲音 之警告手段(如蜂鳴器),依據來自電源電壓檢測部4〇5之異 苇铋測h唬(電池壽命檢測信號),及來自電流檢測電路4〇6 之異常檢測信號(電極311,3 12之電流降低信號”上述金屬 離子之溶出發生障礙之情況時,控制部4〇7自警告手段發出 警告聲音,讓使用者瞭解其異常情況。 如以上所述,藉由驅動單元4〇〇具有狀態顯示部4〇2,使 用者可藉由狀恶顯示部402之顯示輕易地掌握離子溶出單 元300之動作狀態。 此外,上述之狀態顯示部4〇2亦可構成與驅動單元4〇〇分 離之顯示單元。此時,如驅動單元4〇〇設於洗衣機丨之側面, 顯不早7G設於洗衣機丨之正面,可僅使顯示單元設於容易觀 察之位置。因此,使用者可立即掌握離子溶出單㈣0之動 作狀態。According to this configuration, impurities such as dirt J metal deposits in the water can be held by the first filtration and H 331 , so that the impurities can be prevented from adhering to the electric power 311 ' 312 or blocked between the electrodes 311 and 312. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the disadvantage of adhesion due to enamel (e.g., the amount of elution of metal ions is reduced). Further, the first filter 331 is preferably disposed in the water supply to the ion elution unit %, and is provided on the first connection portion 3〇2. At this time, the user can easily clean the first filter from the supply path, the lower ion > valley, and the user can easily clean the first filter. In addition, compared with the configuration of the take-out portion for the first filter 331 in the ion elution unit, the number of parts can be suppressed without requiring 88498-941025. Implement the seal 'so you don't have to worry about water leaks. In addition, the first filter 331 is preferably disposed on the upstream side of the flow direction of the detecting portion 315, and it is possible to prevent impurities such as dirt and metal deposits in the water from adhering to the detecting portion 315 and affecting the detection of the detecting portion 315. Caused malfunction. Further, the filter 331 is not limited to the above-described ion elution unit 3, and may be disposed on the water supply path between the ion elution unit 300 and the faucet 201 (e.g., in the first hose 202). At this time, the same effect as described above can also be obtained. (3-5-5. Second filter) It is also possible to form the second electrode in the unit body 3〇1 of the ion elution unit 300 on the downstream side in the machine water direction, and to provide the second phase to remove impurities in the water. The filter may also be disposed in the ion elution unit 300 or may be disposed on the water supply path (such as the second hose 203) between the ion elution unit (10) and the washing machine 1. With this configuration, even if the metal fragments 311, 312 of the ion elution unit 300 flow toward the downstream side, they can be blocked by the second filter. In this way, it is possible to prevent the metal fragments from hitting the downstream machine (washing machine and articles (washing)). Further, the second filter should be provided at the outlet of the water to the ion eluting unit 3, that is, The second connecting portion 3〇3. At this time, the user can easily clean the second filter by the two can discharging unit 3 (10) on the supply path, and the current filter is provided on the ion eluting unit 3 (9). Take out the structure of the second pass 88498-941025.doc -60-1252268. 'There is no need for such a take-out part: ^, and it is not necessary to apply a seal on the take-out part, so it is not necessary to carry it: It may be provided on the downstream side of the electrode, and may be disposed between the electrodes 311, 312 and the detecting portion 315 on the downstream side in the flowing direction of the upstream side of the detecting portion 31 in the direction of the I: square: :. Since the metal slabs 311, 312 of the 311, 312 can be used by the second damper, the stylus is less than the downstream side, so that the upper piece can be prevented from hitting the detecting portion 315. The situation in which the detecting unit 315 malfunctions is a skin (3-5-6. The first connecting portion and the first The connecting portion and the unit body may be disposed so as to be separable from the early body 30! of the inner package electrodes 311, 312. Further, the second connecting portion may be disposed to be disposed on the unit body. At this time, even if the unit (4) 1 needs to be replaced due to the loss of the electrode m2, the first connection portion 302 and the other connection portion 3〇3 need not be replaced. Therefore, the first connection portion 302 and the second connection can be effectively utilized. The part 303 suppresses the cost of replacing the unit. (3-5-7. Generator) The ion elution unit 300 of the present embodiment can also generate electricity by rotating the rotor due to the flow of water in the body 70 of the single body 70. In this case, the rotor may be the rotor 31 of the detecting unit 315. When the structure is employed, only when water flows into the unit body 301, voltage is automatically applied to the electrodes 3U, 312 by itself. The metal ion can be automatically eluted. (3-5-8. Other structures of the ion generating unit) The ion generating unit of the above-mentioned ion generating unit is an electrode eluting unit using an electrode having an eluted metal ion 88498-941025.doc -61 - 1252268 311' 312鸠 for example, but this hair The structure of the ion eluting portion may be such as filling a metal material eluting material in the cylinder (silver sulfide or the like in the case of a silver eluting material), and only passing the water through the circle (with no voltage applied) Metal ions can be eluted. (4 _ drive unit) Next, the drive unit 4A will be described in detail. Fig. 27A to Fig. 27D are a plan view, a front view, a side view, and a rear view, respectively, showing the appearance of the drive unit. Fig. 28 is a block diagram showing the internal detailed structure of the drive unit. Further, the basic circuit configuration inside the drive unit 400 is substantially the same as that of the drive circuit 120 of the power supply unit 101 shown in Fig. 9 of the first embodiment. The driving unit 400 drives the ion eluting unit 3, and includes an operation unit 4〇1, a state display unit 402, a voltage generating unit 403, a transformer circuit 4〇4, a power supply voltage detecting unit 405, and a current detecting circuit 4〇. 6 and control unit 4〇7. The control unit 407 controls the operation of each of the above units. Further, a hole that is attached to the wall and the hook of the washing machine 1 is provided on the back surface of the drive unit (see Figs. 27C and 27D). Each structure will be described in detail below. (4-1. Operation unit) The operation unit 401 is a user who performs an operation of switching ON/OFF of the operation of the drive unit 4, and is constituted by a switch, a lever, a button, and the like. By providing such an operation unit 401 on the drive unit 4, the user can drive the drive unit 4 to an easy-to-operate position, and the operation of the drive unit 400 can be freely switched. In particular, in the present embodiment, as shown in Fig. 27B, the operation unit 4〇1 is constituted by a rotary type switch. Thereby, the state of operation of the driving unit 400 can be easily confirmed by the state change of the physical state of the operating portion 88498-941025.doc - 62 - 1252268. Therefore, it is not necessary to provide an LED or the like for displaying the operation state of the ON/OFF operation of the operation, and it is not necessary to display the power consumption. Especially when driven by a battery, such unnecessary power can be effectively utilized for battery driving. Further, the operation unit 401 can easily understand the operation state of the drive unit 400 without using electric power and only physically changing the state. Such physical changes, in addition to the rotation of the above-mentioned button, also include the bump of the button, the fall of the lever, the color of the button, and the change of the character. (4-2. Status Display Unit) The status display unit 402 displays the operational status of the drive unit 400, and is constituted by a led. Specifically, the state display unit 4〇2 is composed of a battery life indicator lamp 402a and a silver ion eluting lamp button hole. The lighting and extinction of these lamps is controlled by a control unit 407 which will be described later. The battery life lamp 402a is a lamp that blinks (flashing and blinking) when the power source voltage detecting unit 4〇5 described later detects the battery life of the voltage generating unit 403. Further, in the operation-on state and the off-state of the drive unit 400, when the battery has power, the battery life indicator lamp 4 is required to suppress the consumption of the battery. The system remains annihilated. " The silver ion display lamp 402b is applied to the electrodes 311, 312 of the ion elution unit (10) by the voltage generating portion 4?3 which will be described later, and the eluted metal: = silver material flashing lamp. Since the human eye cannot see the silver ion ridge, the user can know that the silver ion is dissolved and its dissolution period by providing the silver ion display lamp 4〇2b. The antibacterial treatment device (10) 88498-941025.doc-63- 1252268 of the present invention can be used with peace of mind, and the electrode 3i], 312 of the ion release unit 300 is eluted due to silver ions, and flows for the above reasons. When the electrode 3ΐι, the current of the tube is reduced, the life of the private pole 3 11 ' 3 12 (replacement time) can be judged. Therefore, when the current detecting circuit 406 to be described later detects the inflow electrode 311 and the turbulence of (1) is less than the threshold value, the control unit 407 determines that the electrodes 311 and 312 are consumed and needs to be replaced, so that the silver ions, and the members do not blink quickly. . In this way, the user can understand that the ion elution unit 3 00 (single το body 3G1) needs to be replaced, and the user can be urged to perform the replacement work. In addition, when the private electrode 3 11, 3 12 is consumed, in order to avoid the user not knowing the antibacterial treatment required to enter the lamp, the user continues to use it, and the user is preferred to replace the ion elution unit 3 when the battery is not powered. Therefore, before the operation of the operation unit 4G1 is turned off by the operation unit 4G1, the control unit 4〇7 is in a state where the battery is not powered, and the flash display of the silver ion indicator lamp 4〇2b is continued. Further, when the connection of the driving unit 400 and the soft line 5〇q of the ion eluting unit 3, for some reason, the voltage is applied to the ion eluting unit because the driving unit is operated in the connected center because the soft line 500 is not applied. The electrodes 3U, 312 are so that current does not flow into the electrodes 311, 312. Therefore, in the same manner as described above, the control unit 4〇7 causes the silver ion indicator lamp 4 to blink rapidly in accordance with the detection signal from the current detecting circuit 406 to notify the user of the abnormal state. As described above, when the control unit 407 causes an abnormality in the metal ion elution of the ion elution unit 3 (the battery life, the consumption of the electrodes 3n and 312, and the discharge of the cord 500), the control unit 407 is turned off before the main power source (battery) is turned off. Continuous display (blinking or fast flashing) battery life indicator light 4〇2a and silver ion dissolution lamp correction hole. By 88498-941025.doc -64- !252268 This allows the user to know the abnormal situation and urge the user to take appropriate measures (replace the battery, replace the unit body 3 (H, reconnect the cord 5 〇〇). Of course, it is also possible to configure a warning means (such as a buzzer) for generating a warning sound on the driving unit 400, according to the difference detection from the power supply voltage detecting unit 4〇5 (battery life detection signal), and from the current detection. When the abnormality detection signal of the circuit 4〇6 (the current reduction signal of the electrodes 311 and 312) is unsatisfactory in the elution of the metal ions, the control unit 4〇7 issues a warning sound from the warning means to let the user know the abnormality. As described above, the drive unit 4 has the status display unit 4〇2, and the user can easily grasp the operation state of the ion elution unit 300 by the display of the display unit 402. Further, the above-described status display unit 4〇2 can also form a display unit that is separated from the drive unit 4〇〇. At this time, if the drive unit 4 is disposed on the side of the washing machine, it is not as early as 7G. , The display unit may be provided only at a position of easy observation. Thus, the user can immediately grasp the movable ion elution single ㈣0 operating state.

此外,上述顯示單元亦可配置於離子溶出單元300上。藉 由在離子溶出單元300之須監視動作狀態之對象上設置I 述顯示單元,使用者可直接掌握離子溶出單元300之動作狀 態。 再者,如上所述,狀態顯示部4〇2具有數個電池壽命顯示 燈402a及銀離子溶出燈4〇2b之對應於各動作狀態之顯示 燈。但是,狀態顯示部402亦可構成藉由W顯示部(顯示燈) 因應各動作狀態而改變顯示方式,來兼用數個狀態顯示。 88498-941025.doc -65- Ϊ252268 一:即’狀態顯示部402亦可構成因應各動作狀態使ι個顯 不燈點亮、熄滅或快速閃爍等,來改變顯示之方式。如亦 可構成銀離子溶出燈402|3在電源接通狀態時點亮,在銀離 子冷出中熄滅,在銀離子異常狀態時快速閃爍。此時,由 2可以-個零件來顯示數種動作狀態,因此可抑制零件數 里(如用於顯示燈之LED數量),來抑制驅動單元4〇〇之成本 及耗電4外,使用者亦無須確認多數顯示部,容易確認 動作狀'。再者’採用一個顯示部時,驅動單元彻不增加 顯示空間,而可緊密地構成驅動單元400。 曰 另外,以1個顯示燈過度兼用狀態顯示時,有時反而讓使 用:不易料動作狀態,因此顯示燈之數量宜考慮須顯示 2作狀態數量與使用者之觀察性來設定。就這一點而 言’設置兩個顯示燈之圖27B之構造可保持須顯示之動作狀 怨數量與使用者之觀察性之均衡。 此外’狀態顯示部402之銀離子溶出燈侧亦可構成於點 免或閃燦後,經過特定時間(如2秒鐘)後媳滅。藉此,以乾 電池(Bauery)4〇3a構成後述之電壓產生部彻時,可抑制乾 電池仙之無謂耗電,來長時間使用乾電池仙。 如為求自電極311 ’ 312溶出所需量之銀離子,須在電極 3U ’ 312上流入約2〇誕之電流。而為點亮LED,胤即 即=要約3 mA之電流。因此’長時間點亮led時,可能不 久電池即耗盡。因而,若將原士 m 右㈣本須用於離子溶出單元300溶 出士銀離子之乾電池他,亦併用於其他用途(㈣之顯示) 造成乾電錢早消耗,而影響銀離子之溶出。 88498-941025.doc * 66 - 1252268 但是,藉由經過特定時間後即熄滅狀態顯示部4〇2之銀離 子溶出燈402b,即可將乾電池4033之有限電能有效地僅使 用於溶出金屬離子,同時有助於刪減運轉成本。 特別是構成在輸入電源之後,藉由電路檢查確認出在正 系地可溶出金屬離子之狀態時,進行此種點亮、熄滅,使 用者可確認於輸入電源時是否可正常地使用,並且可藉由 爾後之熄滅來抑制無謂之耗電。此外,採用此時如發現異 ¥時,藉由快速閃爍等,讓使用者立即瞭解異常之構造時, 可讓使用者確實瞭解異常。 (4-3·電壓產生部) 電壓產生部403係產生須施加於離子溶出單元3〇〇之電極 311,312上之電壓者。更具體而言,電壓產生部4〇3可考慮 抹用·乾電池403a,插入家庭用插座(商用電源)之插頭(電 源連接器)及連接軟線403b,及將交流轉換成直流之ac轉換 器等。電壓產生部403產生之電壓對電極311,312之施加係 藉由控制部407來控制。 藉由將電壓產生部403產生之電壓,經由後述之變壓電路 4〇4及軟線5〇〇而施加於離子溶出單元3〇〇之電極3ιι,η〕, 可藉由離子溶出單元300自電極311,312溶出金屬離子。 此外藉由以乾電池403a構成來電池驅動電壓產生部 403,可無須選擇使用場所來設置驅動單元4〇〇。如即使為 無法利用商用電源之場所,及雖可利用商用電源,但是插 座數里不足之場所,仍可使用驅動單元400。亦即,無須考 慮有無商用電源,使用者可在希望的場所使用驅動單元4〇〇 88498-941025.doc -67- Ϊ252268 來驅動離子溶出單元3 〇 〇。 此外’電壓產生部4〇3亦可構成具備全部之乾電池4〇3a、 上述插頭及連接軟線4〇313與八(:轉換器。藉此,可藉由電池 驅動與商用電源兩者之驅動來驅動離子溶出單元3〇〇。亦 即’如在無法利用商用電源之環境下,可藉由乾電池心 來驅動離子溶出單W⑼,另外’在可利用商用電源之環境 下,則可藉由上述之插頭及連接軟線4〇扑與八〇轉換器來利 用商用電源。因此,使用者可因應電源環境選擇最適切之 電源,來驅動離子溶出單元3〇〇。 此外,由於除電池驅動之外,即使商用電源亦可驅動離 子/合出單元300 ’因此可抑制運轉成本,此外不致因電池耗 盡導致驅動單元4〇〇無法動作。 此外,亦可以充電池構成電壓產生部403,藉由上述插頭 及連接軟線403b與AC轉換器,自動充電上述充電池。此 時,由於無須另外準備充電器,因此可進一步提高使用者 之便利性。 此外,作為電壓產生部403之上述插頭亦可經由連接軟線 403b而與驅動單元4〇〇連接,亦可與驅動單元4〇〇之本體一 體設置。此時’由於不需要連接軟線403b,因此可縮小整 個驅動單元400,而可縮小整個驅動單元400之設置空間。 (4-4.變壓電路) 變壓電路404係將電壓產生部4〇3產生之電壓變壓(昇壓 或降壓)而供給至離子溶出單元3〇〇之電路。藉由驅動單元 400包含此種變壓電路4〇4,即使以輸出l5 v電壓之一般乾 88498-941025.doc -68 - 1252268 電池403a構成電壓產生部4〇3時,仍可獲得使離子溶出單元 300溶出金屬離子之足夠電壓(如約2〇 。 亦即,如亦可以輸出為9 ¥及12 v之乾電池4〇3a構成電壓 產生部403,不過此等之價格高於一般使用之輸出為1.5 V 之乾私池且導致運轉成本高,而不易持續使用。但是, 如上所述,藉由在驅動單元4〇〇上設置變壓電路4料,即可 避免此種問題,並且亦可依需要輸出更高電壓。 此外,使用商用電源作為電壓產生部403時,藉由變壓電Further, the display unit may be disposed on the ion elution unit 300. By providing the display unit as the object to be monitored by the ion elution unit 300, the user can directly grasp the operation state of the ion elution unit 300. Further, as described above, the state display unit 〇2 has a plurality of display lamps corresponding to the respective operating states of the battery life indicator lamp 402a and the silver ion eluting lamp 4〇2b. However, the state display unit 402 may be configured to change the display mode in response to each operation state by the W display unit (display lamp), and to use a plurality of state displays. 88498-941025.doc -65- Ϊ252268 One: That is, the state display unit 402 can also change the display mode by causing ι display lights to be turned on, off, or flashing rapidly in response to each operation state. For example, the silver ion eluting lamp 402|3 can be lit when the power is turned on, extinguished when the silver ion is cooled out, and blinks rapidly when the silver ion is in an abnormal state. At this time, a plurality of parts can be displayed in a plurality of parts, so that the number of parts (for example, the number of LEDs for displaying lamps) can be suppressed, and the cost of the driving unit 4 and the power consumption can be suppressed. It is also not necessary to confirm the majority of the display parts, and it is easy to confirm the operation status'. Further, when one display portion is employed, the drive unit does not increase the display space, and the drive unit 400 can be closely constructed.曰 In addition, when one display lamp is over-displayed, it may be used instead: it is not easy to operate. Therefore, the number of display lamps should be set by considering the number of states and the user's observation. In this regard, the configuration of Fig. 27B in which two display lamps are provided maintains a balance between the number of actions to be displayed and the observation of the user. Further, the side of the silver ion eluting lamp of the state display unit 402 may be configured to be quenched after a certain period of time (e.g., 2 seconds) after being clicked or flashed. In this way, when the voltage generating unit described later is formed by the dry battery (Bauery) 4〇3a, the unnecessary power consumption of the dry battery can be suppressed, and the dry battery can be used for a long time. If the desired amount of silver ions is eluted from the electrode 311 ' 312, a current of about 2 须 is applied to the electrode 3U ' 312. To illuminate the LED, 胤 = = about 3 mA. Therefore, when the LED is lit for a long time, the battery may be exhausted soon. Therefore, if the original sm is right (4), it must be used for the dry battery of the ionic dissolution unit 300 to dissolve the silver ion, and it is also used for other purposes (the display of (4)), causing early consumption of dry electricity and affecting the dissolution of silver ions. 88498-941025.doc * 66 - 1252268 However, by extinguishing the silver ion eluting lamp 402b of the state display portion 4〇2 after a certain period of time, the limited electric energy of the dry battery 4033 can be effectively used only for eluting metal ions, and at the same time Helps to cut operating costs. In particular, after the input of the power source, it is confirmed by the circuit check that the metal ions are eluted in a positive state, and the user can confirm whether the battery can be normally used when the power is input, and can be used normally. Eliminate unnecessary power consumption by extinguishing it later. In addition, when the difference is found, the user can immediately understand the abnormality by quickly blinking, etc., so that the user can immediately understand the abnormal structure. (4-3. Voltage generating unit) The voltage generating unit 403 generates a voltage to be applied to the electrodes 311, 312 of the ion eluting unit 3A. More specifically, the voltage generating unit 4〇3 can be inserted into the household battery (commercial power supply) plug (power supply connector) and the connection cord 403b, and the ac converter for converting the alternating current into a direct current, etc. . The application of the voltage counter electrodes 311, 312 generated by the voltage generating portion 403 is controlled by the control portion 407. The voltage generated by the voltage generating unit 403 is applied to the electrodes 3 ιι, η] of the ion eluting unit 3 via a transformer circuit 4〇4 and a soft line 5〇〇, which will be described later, and can be self-electrode by the ion eluting unit 300. 311, 312 elutes metal ions. Further, by the battery driving voltage generating portion 403 constituted by the dry battery 403a, the driving unit 4 can be provided without selecting a use place. For example, even if it is a place where the commercial power source cannot be used, and a commercial power source can be used, the drive unit 400 can be used in a place where the number of sockets is insufficient. That is, there is no need to consider whether there is a commercial power supply, and the user can drive the ion elution unit 3 〇 使用 using the drive unit 4〇〇 88498-941025.doc -67- Ϊ252268 at the desired place. Further, the voltage generating unit 4〇3 may be configured to include all of the dry batteries 4〇3a, the plugs, and the connecting cords 4〇313 and 八(: converters. Thereby, the battery can be driven by both the battery and the commercial power source. Driving the ion elution unit 3〇〇, that is, 'in the environment where the commercial power source cannot be used, the ion-dissolving single W(9) can be driven by the dry battery core, and in the environment where the commercial power source can be used, the above can be The plug and the connecting cord are used to utilize the commercial power supply. Therefore, the user can select the most suitable power source according to the power supply environment to drive the ion eluting unit 3〇〇. The commercial power source can also drive the ion/combining unit 300' so that the running cost can be suppressed, and the driving unit 4 can not be operated due to the exhaustion of the battery. Further, the battery can be configured to form the voltage generating unit 403 by the plug and The cord 403b and the AC converter are connected to automatically charge the above rechargeable battery. At this time, since the charger is not required to be separately prepared, the user can be further improved. Further, the plug as the voltage generating portion 403 may be connected to the driving unit 4A via the connection cord 403b, or may be integrally provided with the body of the driving unit 4's. At this time, "the connecting cord 403b is not required. Therefore, the entire driving unit 400 can be reduced, and the installation space of the entire driving unit 400 can be reduced. (4-4. Transformer circuit) The voltage converting circuit 404 converts the voltage generated by the voltage generating portion 4〇3 (boost or The circuit is supplied to the ion elution unit 3〇〇. The drive unit 400 includes such a transformer circuit 4〇4, even if the voltage of the output l5 v is generally dry 88498-941025.doc -68 - 1252268 battery 403a When the voltage generating portion 4〇3 is formed, a sufficient voltage (for example, about 2 〇) for causing the ion eluting unit 300 to elute the metal ions can be obtained. That is, the dry battery 4〇3a, which can also be output as 9 ¥ and 12 v, constitutes a voltage generation. Part 403, but the price is higher than the commonly used dry private pool of 1.5 V and results in high running cost and is not easy to use. However, as described above, by setting the voltage on the drive unit 4〇〇 Circuit 4 , Such a problem can be avoided, and also a higher output voltage as needed. Further, as the commercial power supply voltage generating section 403, by varying the piezoelectric

路404將AC 100v如降壓成約2〇v,可獲得以離子溶出單元 300’谷出金屬離子時適切之電壓。 此外,變壓電路404亦可構成因應負載(電極311,312之 电阻)來改又知加電壓。由於電極3 ",⑴係穩流驅動,因 此經常輸出高電壓時,在施加於電極311,312之電壓中, 除’合出盘屬料所需之電㈣分而剩餘之電壓,因穩流電 路之熱等而損耗電能’消耗無謂之電力。但是,如上所述, 因應負載來改變施加電壓時,即可抑制此種電力損失,可The path 404 depressurizes the AC 100v to about 2 〇v, and a voltage suitable for the metal ion out of the ion eluting unit 300' can be obtained. Further, the transformer circuit 404 can also be configured to change the voltage in response to the load (resistance of the electrodes 311, 312). Since the electrodes 3 ", (1) are driven by steady current, when the high voltage is often output, in the voltage applied to the electrodes 311, 312, in addition to the electric (four) minutes required for the combined material, the remaining voltage is stabilized. The heat of the flow circuit and the like consumes power and consumes unnecessary power. However, as described above, when the applied voltage is changed in response to the load, such power loss can be suppressed.

有效使用電池電能。 (4-5.電源電壓檢測部) 電源電壓檢測部405係藉由監視電壓產生部403之輸出 壓,來檢測電池耗盡或電源異常者。更具體而言 錄測部4G5於電壓產生部彻之輸出電壓低於特定電 時’判斷係電池耗盡或雷 k ^私源異吊,亚將其内容之 至控制部407。此护 ^ ^ 狗 一 $,抆制σΜ07使狀態顯示部402之電池 命顯示燈4 0 2 a閃辨瓦s - 十^ 〆 顯不,來告知使用者發生異常。 88498-941025.doc -69- 1252268 藉此’以乾電池403a構成電壓產生部403時,可督促使用 者電池到達壽限,現在是更換時間。因此,可防止因在此 種炀況下持續使用乾電池4〇3a而造成液體洩漏等之弊端。 此外’電壓產生部4〇3之電壓產生源不論是乾電池4〇3&或 商用私源,自電壓產生部4〇3輸出之電壓因某種原因而降低 呀,如引起金屬離子溶出量降低等,離子溶出單元3〇〇未能 適切地動作。但是,由於係藉由電源電壓檢測部405隨時監 視電壓產生部403之輸出電壓,因此可防範此種問題,而可 使離子〉谷出單元3 〇 〇適切地動作。 (4-6.電流檢測電路) 電流檢測電路406係檢測流入離子溶出單元3〇〇之電極 3 11,3 12之電流,於該電流小於臨限值時,將其内容之信 罪輸出至控制部407。該電流小於臨限值時,可判斷出電極 311 3 12因/容出金屬離子而消耗,已接近壽限。因此,控 制部407藉由使銀離子顯示燈4〇孔快速閃燦,告知使用者電 極3 11 , 3 12到達壽限,來督促使用者更換離子溶出單元 300(單元本體301)。 口此,可避免因電極3 11,3 } 2消耗,導致來自電極3 ^, 3 12之金屬離子溶出量減少,無法獲得金屬離子之所需效果 (如殺菌效果),或是其效果降低。 此外,電流檢測電路4〇6檢測之電流大於臨限值時,可判 斷出電路及電極311,312處於短路等異常狀態。因此,此 時亦可構成電流檢測電路4 〇 6將其内容之信號輸出至控制 4 407,藉由控制部4〇7之控制告知使用者異常狀態。 88498-941025.doc -70- 1252268 (4-7·控制部) (4-7-1·第一控制) 如上所述,控制部407係控制驅動單元4〇〇之各部動作 者,不過本實施形態進一步因應離子溶出單元3〇〇之磁性檢 測部318檢測單元本體301内有無水流,來控制電壓產生部 403產生之電壓對離子溶出單元3〇〇之電極31丨,312之施加。 更具體而言,控制部407控制成於離子溶出單元3〇〇之磁 性檢測部318檢測出單元本體3〇1内之水流時,使電壓產生 部403產生之電壓施加於離子溶出單元3〇〇之電極3ιι, 312,另外,於磁性檢測部318未檢測出上述水流時,停止 上述電壓施加於電極311,312。 單元本體301内無水流時,由於使用者或機器不需要添加 金屬離子之水,係並非流水之狀態,或是單元本體3〇ι内不 存在水之狀態,因此不需要藉由施加電壓自電極3丨丨,3 12 溶出金屬離子(銀離子)。因而,儘管如此,仍在電極3ιι, 312上施加電壓時,則造成驅動單元4〇〇無謂消耗電力。 但是,藉由控制部407進行上述控制,僅於於單元本體3〇1 内部開始流入水時,亦gp,需要添加金屬離子之水,而於 單7L本體301内存在並流入水時,在電極311,312上施加電 壓,即可自電極3 11,312溶出金屬離子。如此,僅於真正 需要溶出金屬離子時,才在電極311,312上施加電壓,使 金屬離子溶出,因此可避免驅動單元4〇〇無謂消耗電力。 此外,在單元本體30 1内無水流之狀態下,於電極3 1 1, 3 12上施加電壓時,電極311,312之周圍產生高濃度之溶出 88498-941025.doc 1252268 金屬離子,而可能阻礙爾後金屬離子之溶出。此外,生成 』加有過多金屬離子之水,可能造成電極311,312之昂貴 王屬/良費,及生成不需要之添加高濃度金屬離子之水, 而造成不良影響。 仁疋藉由上述控制,由於在上述無水流之狀態下,不 施加電壓於電極311,312上,因此即無此種顧慮、。再者, 於洗衣機1等自動執行供水之機器中,亦可配合機器供水而 自動溶出金屬離子’可省去使用者配合機器供水而控制金 屬溶出之手續。 (4-7-2.第二控制) 控制部407亦可控制成於磁性檢測部3 18檢測出流入單元 :體3〇1内之水流量時’因應其檢測出之流量,改變施加於 龟極3 11,3 12之電壓或流入電極3 11,3 12之電流。 自自來水之水龍頭201供給之水流量依設置洗衣機丨之地 區及場所等而異。在上述流量多之場所與少之場所,即使 施加電壓於電極311,312上而溶出相同量之金屬離子,相 同時間之水量仍不同,且依水流量金屬離子濃度不同。因 此,當洗滌物之量及供給至洗滌物之水量一 」里 疋k,由於附 著於相同量之洗滌物之金屬離子量不同,部分洗衣機1之設 置場所,因金屬離子量少,而無法充分獲得對洗滌物之效 果(如抗菌效果),或是金屬離子量過多,因全麗 M主屬化合物附著 於洗丨條物上,造成洗條物被污染。 但是,藉由控制部407進行上述控制,即可白兩 J目%極3 1 1, 3 12溶出因應流入單元本體301内之水流量之八愿仏 盎屬離子量。 88498-941025.doc -72- 1252268 藉此,不論洗衣機1之设置場所為何,均可將添加金屬離子 之水之金屬離子濃度大致保持一定,溶出之金屬離子量不 致發生過多或不足。因此不論洗衣機1之設置場所為何,均 了因應洗務物之里,措由金屬離子適切進行所需之處理, 並且可防止因金屬離子溶出過多而污染洗膝物。 此外,藉由因應單元本體301内之水流量,來變更金屬離 子之每單位時間之溶出量,則不論流量如何變動,使用者 均可獲得特定金屬離子濃度之添加金屬離子之水。因而, 要上述金屬離子為銀離子時,使用者均可獲得穩定之抗 _ 囷效果。 (4-7-3.第三控制) 控制部407亦可控制成於自電壓產生部4〇3開始施加電壓 於電極3U,312,並經過特定時間後,停止對電極3ιι,3ΐ2 施加電壓。 如流入單元本體301内之水流量少時’若自電極3ii,312 持=出金屬離子,則添加金屬離子之水之金屬離子濃度 非:回’電極3 11,3 12可能過早消耗’或是因金屬化合物· 附著而污染洗滌物。 但是’藉由控制部407進行上述控制,即使流量少,仍可 在適當時機停止溶出今屬 旦、夕 ,合出至屬離子,因此可避免因金屬離子溶 出里=多’造成濃度過高’及避免電極311,312過早到達 此外’經過特定時間之計 止施加電壓時,重新歸零。 鼻,亦可於超過特定時間而停 此種情況下,為使洗滌槽3〇之 88498-941025.doc -73 - 1252268 水里達到特定水量而分成數次供水,即使使用者在供水中 迷暫時停止時,不會任意重設時間,因此不必擔心特定時 間過長,金屬離子溶出過多,及濃度過高等問題。 (4-8·其他構造) 本發明之抗菌處理裝置2〇〇亦可使用圖29所示之驅動單 元400來取代圖28所示之驅動單元4〇〇。該驅動單元4〇〇,除 驅動早TC 400之構造之外,還具有:濃度設定部4〇8、供水 水ΐ设定部409、溶出次數計算部41 〇、供水次數計算部 4U、開始溶出供水次數設定部412、記憶部413及振動感測 器4 14中之至少任何一個。 (4-8-1 ·濃度設定部) 濃度設定部408係使用者用於設定金屬離子(銀離子)濃度 者。此牯控制部407係控制成因應濃度設定部4〇8所設定之 /辰度,變更電壓產生部4〇3產生之電壓,並將其施加於電極 31 1,312。另外,控制部4〇7亦可因應濃度設定部4〇8所設 定之?辰度,變更流入電極311,312之電流,並變更電壓產 生部403產生之電壓施加於電極311,312之時間。 採用該構造時,藉由濃度設定部4〇8之濃度設定,使用者 可自由變更添加金屬離子之水之金屬離子濃度,如可配合 使用者所需抗菌能力設定金屬離子濃度。藉此,可擴大本 發明之抗菌處理裝置200之使用性及活用範圍。 (4-8-2.供水水量設定部) 供水水量設定部409係用於設定對供水裝置之洗衣機丨之 供水水量者。此時控制部407係控制成因應供水水量設定部 88498-941025.doc -74- 1252268 〇9所設定之供水水量’來變更金屬離子(銀離子)之溶出時 間,亦即變更電壓產生部403產生之電麼對電極3ιι,3ΐ2之 施加時間(於電極311,312上流入電流之時間 ★藉:供水至洗衣機!之水量,亦決定獲得特定濃度之金屬 離子命出里,作為洗務物抗g處理時所需之金屬離子濃 度。由於金屬離子溶出量基本上係按照法拉第定律,因此 配合上述供水水量來變更藉由施加電壓而在電極⑴,扣 料電流之時間時,即使不具備流量檢測手段(檢測 口 F 315)寺耗費成本之裝置 仍T %疋地供給所需濃度之添 加至屬離子之水至洗衣機1上。 另外,金屬離子溶出時間之變更,亦可變更在電極3", 施加電科之總時間,亦可於交互地接通/斷開對電 極3 11,3 12施加電壓時,蠻更直 率(時間)。 文更〃接通時間與斷開時間之比 (4-8-3·溶出次數計算部) 溶出次數計算部410係計算離 ^雜2、 忙雕于,合出早兀300之金屬離子 (銀離子)之溶出次數者。 ,φ ^ ^ 屬離子》谷出次數亦可為(a) 自電產生部403交互地施加* ^ 她加电壓至電極311,312時,苴任 =個接通之次數;亦可為(b)將整個 2開 溶出金屬離子起至其結束作為!次之次數。 開 此時,控制部407於金屬雜^ a山ι ,,_ 子/合出二人數超過特定值時,使 狀恶顯示部4 0 2之銀離;姑一 川,* s 顯不燈402b快速閃爍。由於電極 1,3 12卩过金屬離子溶出次翁 咏 人數之增加而逐漸消耗,因此藉 由计异部41 0計异金屬離子、、办 a /合出二人數,可預估電極3 11, 88498-941025.doc -75- 1252268 3 12之壽命。 因此,藉由控制部407使銀離子顯示燈4〇孔快速閃爍,可 使使用者瞭解電極311,312之壽命,督促其更換單元本體 3〇1。此外,藉由設置溶出次數計算部41〇之簡單構造,可 輕易獲得此種效果。 (4-8-4·供水次數計算部) 供水次數計算部4 11係依據離子溶出單元3 〇 〇之檢測部 315檢測有無水流,計算自離子溶出單元3〇〇向供水裝置之 洗衣機1供水次數者。如檢測部315最初在單元本體3〇ι内檢 測出水流時,供水次數計算部411即將其計算為第—次之供 水次數’檢測部315一旦檢測出無水流後,再度檢測出有水 机日守’則將其計算為第二次供水次數。 叹置此種供水次數計算部4丨丨時,控制部4〇7於供水次數 计t。卩4 1 1计异之供水次數為對應於須溶出金屬離子時期 之次數(對應於須溶出金屬離子之洗滌步驟之次數)以後(如 供水次數第三次以後),使電壓i生部403產生之電壓施加 於離子溶出單元300之電極3n,312,而自電極3ιι,⑴溶 出金屬離子。 、《洗衣枝1於運轉洗務步驟時,最初係執行洗衣步驟, 而後執行清洗步驟。對洗衣機丨之供水,在各洗滌步驟中, 係進行供給各步驟特定水量之主供水;及為求補充因水浸 $布料造成水位降低,而在各步驟中途追加補充水之追加 i、水,不過如在洗衣步驟中,即使供給添加金屬離子之水 至洗衣機1内,其金屬離子會與含多量衣物之污垢及洗衣劑 88498-941025.doc 1252268 成分之水一起沖洗 形成浪費。 金屬離子無法對衣物發揮充分作用而 之洗衣步驟二=次(主供水)及第二次(追加供水) 水次數第三次以後=311’312上施加電壓,而在供 3U,312 ^ 一個清洗步驟以後,在電極 “電壓’並自電極31卜312溶出金屬離子時, +可避fΜ之金屬離子形成浪費,而可有效利用金屬離 此夕’由於洗條物之污垢亦在清洗步驟中大 因此’藉由爾後之添加金屬離子之水之供水,亦容易使全 屬離子對洗滌物發揮作用。 (心8-5·開始溶出供水次數設定部) 開始/合出供水次數設定部412係用於設定自離子溶出單 元300之電極3U’312開始溶出金屬離子之供水次數者。設 置開始溶出供水次數設定部412時,控制部4〇7於供水次= 計算部4U所計算之供水次數到達開始溶出供水次數設定 °M12所5又疋之供水次數時,使電壓產生部403產生之電壓 施㈣離子溶出單元之電極⑴’扣,並自電極⑴, 312溶出金屬離子。 先衣V驟後之清洗步驟包含數次清洗步驟(如清洗步 驟3次)時,在各清洗步驟中對洗衣機1供水。此時為求賦予 抗菌效果,使金屬離子附著於衣物上,只須至少在最後清 ,步驟中於洗衣機1内供給添加金屬離子之水即可,因此在 最後清洗步驟以前之清洗步驟並不需要供給添加金屬離子 之尺至洗衣機卜此因在最後清洗步驟以前之清洗中之金屬 88498-941025.doc -77- 1252268 離子會因爾後步驟之清洗被沖洗掉,無法充分有效利用, 而造成金屬離子浪費。 但是,藉由控制部407之上述控制,由於係在到達開始溶 出供水次數設定部412所設定之供水次數時,才供給添加金 屬離子之水,因此即使清洗步驟包含數次清洗步驟,如僅 藉由設定對應於最後清洗步驟之供水次數,可僅在到達最 後清洗步驟時,供給添加金屬離子之水至洗衣機1。因此, 在不需要供給添加金屬離子之水之其他步驟(洗衣步驟及 最後清洗步驟以外之清洗步驟)不溶出金屬離子,因此可防 止金屬離子無謂溶出,而可有效利用金屬離子。 此外,設置開始溶出供水次數設定部412時,控制部407 亦可於供水次數計算部4 11所計算之供水次數到達開始溶 出供水次數設定部412所設定之供水次數以後,繼續將電壓 產生部403所產生之電壓施加於離子溶出單元3〇q之電極 311,312,自電極311,312溶出金屬離子。 如圖5所示,清洗步驟起初係執行脫水步驟,而該脫水步 驟時,可能於洗滌槽30内發生不均衡。另外,所謂不均衡, 係指洗滌物在洗滌槽30内偏向一方配置,開始脫水時無法 良好地均衡旋轉,而造成洗滌槽30及洗衣機1本身產生大的 振動現象。 因而,洗衣機1之檢測手段(圖上未顯示)檢測出此種不均 衡時,洗衣機1之控制手段對洗滌槽30供水,並理開洗條 物’進行修正不均衡之控制。 因此,執行修正此種不均衡用之供水時,由於供水次數 88498-941025.doc -78- 1252268 計算部411亦將其作為u供水次數來計m,即使最 初以開始溶出供水次數設定部412設定開始溶出之供水次 數,而在中途執行不均衡修正時,開始溶出供水次數 部4 12所設定之供水4料女 σ 疋 < 仏水-人數亦可能超過對應於最後清洗步驟 之ί、水夂數。亦即’有時在到達最後清洗步驟前,實際之 供水次數即到達開始溶出供水次數設定部412所設定之供 水夂數,而開始供給添加金屬離子之水。 卜是藉由拴制部407之上述控制,由於在開始溶出供水 次數設定部412所設定之供水次數以後,仍繼續供給添加金 ㈣+ 洗衣機1 ’ 11此,即使因發生不均衡,而產生 ::次數增加等中途不預期之情況時,一定會在最後之清 =步驟中供給添加金屬離子之水至洗衣機卜因而可在最後 、乂鉢中進行所需之抗菌處理。亦即,可確實避免 後清洗步驟中’因供給不含金屬離子 少 之金屬離子對 您則仏 力之問題。 之附者垔,使用者無法獲得所需抗菌能 二外i在清洗步驟後,亦即在最後清洗步驟後之脫水步 正不均Γ能發生不均衡,即使在該情況下,仍可執行修 述H 乂驟即使在此種情況下’藉由控制部407之上 以::仍始溶出供水次數設定部412所設定之供水次數 實避免/續供給添加金屬離子之水至洗衣機1,因此可確 相同的問ί後清洗步驟以後供給不含金屬離子之水之上述 (4·8·6·記憶部) 88498-941〇25.d〇c -79- 1252268 •卩3係預先圯彳思需要對洗衣機1供給添加金屬離子 之水(銀離子水)之供水時間之記憶手段。另外,圖^中之記 L。卩413係與控制部4〇7分開設置,不過亦可由控制部内 之記憶體來構成。 上述^、水日守間亦可預設記憶於記憶部413内,亦可設置圖 上未顯示之供水時間設定部,而將藉此所設定之供水日㈣ 記憶於記憶部413内。另外,圖29所示之供水水量設定部_ 及開始洛出供水次數設定部412亦可用作上述之供水時間 設定部。 設置此種記憶部413時,控制部407可配合記憶於記憶部 内之外、加盃屬離子之水之供水時間來驅動電壓產生部 4〇3 ’而在離子溶出單元3⑽之電極311,312上施加電壓。 士上述t、水日守間’係在記憶部413内記憶有『添加金屬離 子之水之供水w之時間』時’控制部術於藉由操作部如 使驅動單元4〇〇接通起經過上述時間%, 彻,並在電極3U,312上施加電壓。 此外,上述供水時間,如在記憶部Ο〕内記憶有『特定之 ί、水*里』日可,控制部4〇7於檢測部3丨5檢測出之流量到達 上述供水流量時,驅動電壓產生部403,並在電極311,312 上施加電壓。 卜上述么、水日守間,如在記憶部41 3内記憶有『清洗步 ‘七之仏水人數』日守,控制部4〇7於目前之供水次數到達記 L於。己L、邛4 13内之供水次數時,驅動電壓產生部,並 在電極311,312上施加電壓。 88498-941025.doc -80- 1252268 女此,由於記憶部413可記憶對洗衣機丨之供水時間,並 在其供水時間自電極311,312溶出金屬離子,因此可僅在 真正需要供給添加金屬離子之水時,進行添加金屬離子之 水之供水。 、洗衣機1内之洗滌步驟係執行:洗衣步驟、清洗步驟、 脫水步驟及乾燥步驟等,即使在洗衣步驟供給添加金屬離 子之水’ I㈣子不附著於洗滌物Ji,而It洗衣劑一起沖 洗,造成供給之金屬離子形成浪費。 疋依據上述供水時間來進行添加金屬離子之水之供 水%,即使刼作部401接通驅動單元,並未立即溶出金 屬離子,如在到達清洗步驟時才開始溶出金屬離子,可將 王屬離子之水供給至洗衣機i。因此,即使驅動單元 提月】如在開始洗條時即接通,仍不致自電極3 i i,3 η無謂 地溶出金屬離子。因而可有效利用電極3ii,312,節省其 無謂H因而亦可有效利用溶出之金屬離子,並可有 效作用於洗滌物上。 此外,採用上述構造,藉由控制部407在特定之供水時間 ί、給添加金屬離子之水至洗衣機i,於需要供給添加金屬離 子之水牯,自動溶出金屬離子來供給至洗衣機1。藉此,使 用者無須纟需要供給添加金屬離子之水之時間手動操作操 作°M〇 1。因此,如開始洗條時,尸'要開啟驅動單元4〇〇, 而後使用者無須-直在·驅動單元構旁邊,而可在這個期間 完成其他工作,來增加使用者的便利性。 此外,藉由手動輸入操作部401,來進行添加金屬離子之 88498-941025.doc -81 - 1252268 水之供水時,可能因忘記操作操作部4(H,而錯過添加金屬 離子之水之供水時間,不過採用上述構造,在特定之時間, 於必要時係自動供給添加金屬離子之水,因此根本無須擔 心此種問題。 另外亦可預先於S憶部4 13内記憶添加金屬離子之水之 必要供水日守間及必要之供水流量,控制部4〇7控制成在開始 供給添加金屬離子之水,並經過上述供水時間後,或是僅 供給上述供水流量之添加金屬離子之水後,自動停止自電 壓產生部403對電極311,312施加電壓。藉此,即使使用者 萬一忘記藉由操作部401關閉驅動單元4〇〇之驅動時,仍可 避免無謂之耗電及無謂溶出金屬離子。 (4-8-7·振動感測部) 振動感測器4 14係依據供水裝置之洗衣機丄之振動來檢測 需要溶出金屬離子之時期(如清洗步驟)之檢測手段。控制部 4〇7控制成於振動感測器414檢測出前述時期時,將電壓產 生部403產生之電壓施加於離子溶出單元則之電極3ιι, 312 上。 如在洗衣步驟與清洗步驟中,由於洗滌槽3〇之轉速、洗 :槽30内之水量及搜拌翼33之轉速等因素,洗衣m之振動 h况不同更具體而s,洗衣步驟及清洗步驟之攪拌步驟 中’授拌翼33係以約1〇〇rpm(馬達亦約為⑽㈣旋轉,在 期間之中間脫水步驟中,洗務槽3G係以約_啊(馬達亦約 為则—旋轉。因此在此等步驟間,振動週期(頻率)上出 見卜頁著之差”目而振動感測器4 i 4如藉由洗〉條槽川、授掉 88498-94l025.doc -82 - 1252268 、 馬達專轉數之差異產生之振動週期差異,可大致石萑 貝地松測需要溶出金屬離子之洗滌步驟(如清洗步驟)。 生藉此,控制部407藉由進行上述控制,可在洗滌步驟進入 2洗步驟時,才在電極311,312上施加電壓,使金屬離子 出口此,即使驅動單元400提前開啟,仍不致於自電極 12無5胃地溶出金屬離子。因而可有效利用電極^, 2而節省其無謂之消耗等,可獲得與設置記憶部413 , 於特定之供水時間供給添加金屬離子之水之構造時完全相 同之效果。 另外,亦可如以下所述地進行需要溶出金屬離子時期之 ^亦即,亦可預先於記憶部413内記憶需要溶出金屬離 子之洗I步驟(如清洗步驟)時洗衣機丨之振動振幅範圍,控 制邛407藉由判斷洗衣機丨之振動振幅是否在上述範圍内來 進行此外,如亦可在記憶部413内預先記憶洗衣步驟之振 動振幅範圍,控制部407藉由判斷洗衣機丨之振動振幅是否 超過上述範圍來進行。 此外,振動感測器414亦可檢測供水閥5〇之振動。藉此, 由於振動感測器414可檢測供水閥5〇正在驅動時,亦即正在 ^ ^ 口此藉由控制部407依據此種檢測來控制,可於 供水時溶出金屬離子,並供給添加金屬離子之水。 另外,控制部407亦可控制成於振動感測器414檢測出脫 水步驟中洗衣機1之振動時,自動停止自電壓產生部4〇3對 電極3 11,3 12施加電壓。此時,即使使用者萬一忘記藉由 操作部40 1關閉驅動單元4〇〇之驅動時,仍可避免無謂之耗 88498-941025.doc -83 - 1252268 電及無謂溶出金屬離子。 (4-9·效果) 上述構造之驅動單元400係自由取下地配置於供水穿置 之洗衣機1外部。藉此,可於爾後附加離子溶出單元3⑻與 驅動單元400,因此即使洗衣機工為不具備離子溶出單元^ 現有型式者仍可輕易實現與具備離子溶出單元之洗衣機i 相同功能。因而無須無謂替換現有之洗衣機丨,而可有效利 用現有之洗衣機1。此外,由於驅動單元4〇〇係設於洗衣機i 外部,因此於故障及電池耗盡時,驅動單元4〇〇之修理及電 池更換亦容易。 (5.其他) 以上係說明本發明之各種實施形態,不過本發明之範圍 並不限定於此,在不脫離發明主旨之範圍内,可加以各種 變更來實施。此外’本發明之抗菌處理裝置之使用對象並 不限定於上述各種實施形態列舉之形式之全自動洗衣機。 亦可將本發明應用於橫型圓筒(轉筒方式)、傾斜圓筒、兼乾 燥機者、或雙槽式等各種形式之洗衣機上。 由於本發明之抗菌處理裝置可單獨發揮功能,設置簡 單且運轉上無須特殊技能,因此不僅是在發揮其特質之 洗滌上,亦可用於廣泛用途上。如除洗衣機之外,亦可輕 易地將本發明之抗菌處理裝置配置於使用水之家電機器 (洗碗機、淨水ϋ等)之供水路徑上。此時,機器之規格及機 種不拘。 此外,以本發明之抗菌處理裝置將使用之水進行殺菌 88498-941025.doc -84- 1252268 藉由將被洗淨物浸泡於其水中,除衣物之外,餐具、石占板、 :子、洗餐具用海綿”欠帝等廚房用品及浴室、廁所用品 |’均可以含金屬離子水進行抗g處理。並非將含金屬離 子水沖在被洗淨物上’而係使用於容器内倒入含金屬離子 ^ ’並將被洗淨物浸泡於該水中之方法時,只須以少的水 置即可有效對各種被洗淨物進行抗菌處理。 亦可藉由本發明之抗菌處理裝置進行浴缸中之水及積存 於雨水槽之雨水之殺菌,人浴時防止感染,或是魚類用水 I5之权菌。此外,本發明抗菌處理裝置之使用場所, 不僅限於-般家庭。亦可利用於在醫療機關及公共設施中 進仃各種物品之殺菌或抗g處理,來防止病原菌對人體之 感染。 X月之^几菌處理裝置攜往戶夕卜使用時,在使用時益須 二訓練。因此,在接近自來水設施,或是即使有自來水 »又%部不可使用之場所(如露營區、災害料、難民營等), = 之抗菌處理裝置’可在現地當場對可獲得之水 、仃杈囷處理。除水之殺菌外,亦可使用該水對各種用 :進行抗g處理,因此,不論在娛樂場所或災害現場,一 :人均可加以廣泛利用,不論所配置之環境 持一定之衛生水準。 7』保 、 、本杳明之抗菌處理裝置進行殺菌處理之水,g 使流入河川;^、、a上 1及池塘,仍不致如經氯消毒之水,對 系統造成損害。 對水中生悲 因而,在戶外使用本發明之抗菌處理裝置時,如前所述, 88498-941025.doc -85 - 1252268 宜使用電池作為電源。電池之種類亦不限定於乾電池,宜 為二次電池及太陽電池,或可以組合此等之形態加以利用 者。 此外,第一、二種實施形態中說明之構造,當然亦可適 用於第三種實施形態之抗菌處理裝置2〇〇。目此,如驅動單 兀400具備對電極311,312設定通電時間之計時器之構造, 及單元本體301之至少一部分成為可觀察内部之電極)“, 3 12之透視部之構造均可實現。 產業上之利用可行性 本發明之抗菌處理裝置可用於洗衣機及洗衣機以外使用 2之家電機器(洗碗機、淨水器)。此外,本發明之抗菌處理 衣置亦可用於廚房用品、浴室、廁所用品等抗菌處理;及 醫療機關、公共設施及戶外進行各種物品之殺菌或抗菌處 理。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1係顯示本發明一種實施形態之洗衣機概略構造之垂 直剖面圖。 圖2係供水口之模型垂直剖面圖。 圖3係整個洗滌步驟之流程圖。 圖4係洗衣步驟之流程圖。 圖5係清洗步驟之流程圖。 圖6係脫水步驟之流程圖。 圖7係顯示離子溶出單元第一種實施形態之垂直剖面圖。 圖8係顯示離子溶出單元第_種實施形態之模型水平气 88498-941025.doc -86- 1252268 圖9係離子溶出單元驅動電路之電路構造圖。 圖10係顯示離子、玄φ留— 圖。 ^合出早凡弟二種實施形態之垂直剖面 =係模式顯示將本發明第三種實施形態之抗菌處理裝 圖Γ 機時之該抗菌處理裝置之連接關係之說明 、、六出圖二係顯:連通連接構成上述抗菌處理裝置之上述離子 :。早u來水之水龍頭之第-軟管概略構造之側面 圖13係顯示上述第一 . 立體圖。 “之弟-連接部概略構造之分解 圖14係顯示盘白步> 略構造之剖面圖。 4頭連接之上述第—連接部概 及圖15B係顯示與上述離子溶出單元連接之上述 弟一軟官之第二連接部概略構造之剖面圖。 圖16係顯不上述第一軟管其他構造之側面圖。 圖1 7係顯示立表技l 之立體圖。妾上述弟-軟管之上述離子溶出單元外觀 圖18係經由上述第一軟管將上述離子溶出單元連接於自 ^水之水龍頭時之該離子溶出單元之正面圖。 圖19係自上述離子溶出單元之後方觀察時之剖面圖。 圖2〇^自上述離子溶出單元之側方觀察時之剖面圖。 圖21係评細顯示自正面觀察上述離子溶出單元時之該離 88498-941025.doc -87- 1252268 子溶出單元内部構造之剖面圖。 之該離 子=!詳細顯示自側方觀察上述離子溶出單元時 子,合出早凡内部構造之剖面圖。 早凡之第一連接部構造例之分 圖23係顯示上述離子溶出 解立體圖。 圖2 4係顯示上述離子 即 鱗固 疋離子/合出早凡具備之檢測部概略構造 立體圖 之 圖25係顯示上述離子溶出罝 。 剖面圖。 出μ之早元本體其他構造例之 ®系'颂不上述離子〉容出單元之其他才冓造例t分解立體 圖。 ^ 27A至圖27D係分別顯示構成上述抗菌處理裝置之驅 動早το外觀構造之平面圖、正面圖、側面圖及背面圖。 圖28係顯示上述驅動單元概略構造之區塊圖。 圖29係顯示上述驅動單元其他構造例之區塊圖。 【圖式代表符號說明】 1 洗衣機 10 外箱 11 上面板 12 後方面板 13 基座 15 洗猶:物投入口 16 蓋 17 絞鏈部 88498-941025.doc -88- 1252268 20 水槽 21 懸吊構件 30 洗滌槽 31 脫水孔 32 平衡器 33 攪拌翼 40 驅動單元 41 馬達 42 離合器機構 43 制動器機構 44 脫水軸 45 攪拌翼軸 50 供水閥 51 連接管 52 供水管 53 供水口 54 洗衣劑室 55 添加劑室 56 注水口 57 虹吸部 60 排水軟管 61 排水管 62 排水管 63 隔壁Use battery power efficiently. (4-5. Power supply voltage detecting unit) The power supply voltage detecting unit 405 detects that the battery is exhausted or the power supply is abnormal by monitoring the output voltage of the voltage generating unit 403. More specifically, the recording unit 4G5 judges that the battery is exhausted or the source is different when the output voltage of the voltage generating unit is lower than the specific power, and the content thereof is transferred to the control unit 407. This protects ^ ^ dog one $, Μ Μ Μ 07 makes the battery display indicator of the status display portion 402 4 0 2 a flash watts - ten ^ 〆 display, to inform the user that an abnormality has occurred. 88498-941025.doc -69- 1252268 By this, when the voltage generating portion 403 is constituted by the dry battery 403a, the battery life of the user can be urged to reach the life limit, and now the replacement time. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the liquid leakage due to the continuous use of the dry battery 4〇3a under such conditions. Further, the voltage generating source of the voltage generating unit 4〇3 is reduced by the voltage generated by the voltage generating unit 4〇3 regardless of the dry battery 4〇3& or the commercial private source, for example, causing a decrease in the elution amount of the metal ions. The ion elution unit 3 does not operate properly. However, since the power supply voltage detecting unit 405 monitors the output voltage of the voltage generating unit 403 at any time, it is possible to prevent such a problem and to operate the ion arranging unit 3 〇 〇 appropriately. (4-6. Current detecting circuit) The current detecting circuit 406 detects the current flowing into the electrodes 3 11, 3 12 of the ion eluting unit 3, and when the current is less than the threshold value, outputs the conviction of the content to the control. Part 407. When the current is less than the threshold value, it can be judged that the electrode 311 3 12 is consumed by/receiving the metal ion, and is approaching the life limit. Therefore, the control unit 407 prompts the user to change the ion elution unit 300 (unit body 301) by causing the user to quickly reach the life of the electrodes 3 11 , 3 12 by causing the pupils of the silver ion display lamp 4 to flash rapidly. By this, it is possible to avoid the consumption of the metal ions 3 3 , 3 12 due to the consumption of the electrodes 3 11, 3 } 2, the desired effect of the metal ions (such as the bactericidal effect) being obtained, or the effect thereof being lowered. Further, when the current detected by the current detecting circuit 4?6 is larger than the threshold value, it can be judged that the circuit and the electrodes 311, 312 are in an abnormal state such as a short circuit. Therefore, at this time, the current detecting circuit 4 〇 6 can also output a signal of its content to the control 4 407, and the user can notify the user of the abnormal state by the control of the control unit 4〇7. 88498-941025.doc -70- 1252268 (4-7·Control Unit) (4-7-1·First Control) As described above, the control unit 407 controls the actor of each unit of the drive unit 4, but this embodiment Further, the magnetic detecting unit 318 of the ion eluting unit 3 detects that there is no water flow in the unit main body 301, and controls the application of the voltage generated by the voltage generating unit 403 to the electrodes 31, 312 of the ion eluting unit 3A. More specifically, when the magnetic detecting unit 318 of the ion eluting unit 3 detects the water flow in the unit main body 3〇1, the control unit 407 controls the voltage generated by the voltage generating unit 403 to be applied to the ion eluting unit 3〇〇. The electrodes 3, 312, and 312, when the magnetic detecting unit 318 does not detect the water flow, stop applying the voltage to the electrodes 311 and 312. When there is no flow in the unit body 301, since the user or the machine does not need to add water of metal ions, it is not in a state of flowing water, or there is no water in the unit body 3〇, so there is no need to apply voltage from the electrode. 3丨丨, 3 12 Dissolve metal ions (silver ions). Therefore, even when a voltage is applied to the electrodes 3, 312, the drive unit 4 consumes power. However, when the control unit 407 performs the above-described control, only when the inflow of water is started inside the unit main body 3〇1, it is necessary to add water of metal ions to the gp, and when the water flows into the single 7L main body 301, the electrode is present at the electrode. A voltage is applied to 311, 312 to elute metal ions from electrode 31,312. Thus, only when a metal ion is actually required to be eluted, a voltage is applied to the electrodes 311, 312 to elute the metal ions, thereby avoiding unnecessary power consumption of the driving unit 4. Further, in a state where no current flows in the unit body 30 1 , when a voltage is applied to the electrodes 3 1 1 , 3 12 , a high concentration of 8498-941025.doc 1252268 metal ions is generated around the electrodes 311, 312, which may hinder The dissolution of the metal ions is followed. In addition, the generation of water with excessive metal ions may cause expensive sensation of the electrodes 311, 312, and the formation of water which is not required to add a high concentration of metal ions, thereby causing adverse effects. According to the above control, since the voltage is not applied to the electrodes 311, 312 in the state of the above-described no-flow, there is no such concern. Further, in a machine that automatically performs water supply such as the washing machine 1, it is also possible to automatically dissolve metal ions in accordance with the water supply to the machine. This eliminates the need for the user to control the water supply of the machine to control the elution of the metal. (4-7-2. Second Control) The control unit 407 may be controlled so that when the magnetic detecting unit 3 18 detects the flow rate of the water flowing into the unit: the body 3〇1, the change is applied to the turtle in response to the detected flow rate. The voltage of the poles 3 11, 3 12 or the current flowing into the electrodes 3 11, 3 12 . The water flow rate supplied from the tap water 201 of the tap water varies depending on the location and location where the washing machine is installed. In a place where there is a large amount of flow and a small number of places, even if a voltage is applied to the electrodes 311, 312 to dissolve the same amount of metal ions, the amount of water in the same time is different, and the metal ion concentration differs depending on the water flow rate. Therefore, when the amount of the laundry and the amount of the water supplied to the laundry are 疋k, since the amount of metal ions adhering to the same amount of the laundry is different, the installation place of the part of the washing machine 1 is insufficient due to the small amount of metal ions. Obtaining the effect on the laundry (such as antibacterial effect), or excessive amount of metal ions, because the main compound of Quanli M is attached to the washing strip, causing the stain to be contaminated. However, by the control unit 407 performing the above-described control, the amount of the occupant ions corresponding to the flow rate of the water flowing into the unit body 301 can be eluted by the white J1% poles 3 1 1 and 3 12 . Thus, regardless of the installation place of the washing machine 1, the metal ion concentration of the metal ion-added water can be kept substantially constant, and the amount of eluted metal ions does not become excessive or insufficient. Therefore, regardless of the installation place of the washing machine 1, it is possible to carry out the necessary treatment in accordance with the metal ions in accordance with the cleaning matter, and it is possible to prevent the washing of the knees due to excessive elution of the metal ions. Further, by changing the amount of elution of the metal ions per unit time in accordance with the flow rate of the water in the unit body 301, the user can obtain the metal ion-added water having a specific metal ion concentration regardless of the flow rate. Therefore, when the above metal ions are silver ions, the user can obtain a stable anti-囷 effect. (4-7-3. Third Control) The control unit 407 may be controlled to apply a voltage to the electrodes 3U, 312 from the voltage generating portion 4A3, and after a lapse of a certain period of time, stop applying voltages to the electrodes 3, 3, and 2, respectively. If the flow rate of water flowing into the unit body 301 is small, 'If the metal ions are held from the electrodes 3ii, 312, the metal ion concentration of the water to which the metal ions are added is not: back to the 'electrodes 3 11, 3 12 may be consumed prematurely' or The laundry is contaminated by the adhesion of the metal compound. However, the control unit 407 performs the above-described control, and even if the flow rate is small, the dissolution can be stopped at an appropriate timing, and the ions are separated, so that the concentration of the metal ions can be prevented from being excessively high. And to prevent the electrodes 311, 312 from reaching prematurely, and returning to zero when the voltage is applied for a certain period of time. The nose can also be stopped for more than a certain period of time. In order to make the water in the washing tank 3884888.4-941025.doc -73 - 1252268 reach a certain amount of water, the water supply is divided into several times, even if the user is temporarily in the water supply. When it stops, it does not reset the time arbitrarily, so there is no need to worry about the problem that the specific time is too long, the metal ions are excessively dissolved, and the concentration is too high. (4-8. Other Structures) The antibacterial treatment device 2 of the present invention can also use the driving unit 400 shown in Fig. 29 instead of the driving unit 4A shown in Fig. 28. In addition to the structure for driving the early TC 400, the drive unit 4A includes a concentration setting unit 4〇8, a water supply port setting unit 409, a dissolution count calculation unit 41, a water supply number calculation unit 4U, and a start dissolution. At least one of the water supply number setting unit 412, the storage unit 413, and the vibration sensor 44. (4-8-1 • Density setting unit) The concentration setting unit 408 is used by the user to set the concentration of metal ions (silver ions). The enthalpy control unit 407 controls the voltage generated by the voltage generating unit 〇3 to be applied to the electrodes 31, 312 in response to the gradation set by the concentration setting unit 〇8. Further, the control unit 4〇7 can change the current flowing into the electrodes 311 and 312 in accordance with the degree of setting of the concentration setting unit 4〇8, and change the time during which the voltage generated by the voltage generating unit 403 is applied to the electrodes 311 and 312. According to this configuration, by the concentration setting of the concentration setting unit 4〇8, the user can freely change the metal ion concentration of the water to which the metal ions are added, and the metal ion concentration can be set in accordance with the antibacterial ability required by the user. Thereby, the usability and the usable range of the antibacterial treatment device 200 of the present invention can be expanded. (4-8-2. Water supply amount setting unit) The water supply amount setting unit 409 is for setting the amount of water supplied to the washing machine of the water supply unit. At this time, the control unit 407 controls to change the elution time of the metal ions (silver ions) in response to the water supply amount 'set by the water supply amount setting unit 88498-941025.doc -74 - 1252268 〇9, that is, the change voltage generation unit 403 generates The time of the electrode 3 ιι, 3 ΐ 2 (the time of the current flowing on the electrodes 311, 312 ★ borrow: the amount of water supplied to the washing machine! It is also determined to obtain a specific concentration of metal ions in the life, as a washing agent anti-g The metal ion concentration required for the treatment. Since the metal ion elution amount is basically according to Faraday's law, the amount of the water supply water is used to change the time at which the voltage is applied to the electrode (1) by the applied voltage, even if the flow rate detecting means is not provided. (Detection port F 315) The cost-consuming device of the temple is still supplied with the required concentration of water added to the ionizer to the washing machine 1. The change of the metal ion elution time can also be changed at the electrode 3" The total time of the electric circuit can also be quite more straight (time) when the voltage is applied to the electrodes 3 11, 3 12 alternately on/off. Ratio of inter-disconnection time (4-8-3·dissolution count calculation unit) The number-of-dissolution calculation unit 410 calculates the number of dissolutions of metal ions (silver ions) which are separated from the mixture 2 The number of valences of φ ^ ^ genus ions may also be (a) the self-electric generation portion 403 is alternately applied * ^ when the voltage is applied to the electrodes 311, 312, the number of times the gate is turned on = the number of times (b) The number of times the entire metal is eluted to the end of the elution of the metal ions to the end of the second time. At this time, the control unit 407 causes the number of metal to be mixed with a specific value. The silver display of the evil display part 4 0 2; the auspicious, * s no light 402b flashes rapidly. Since the electrodes 1, 3 12 卩 金属 金属 金属 金属 金属 金属 金属 金属 金属 金属 金属 金属 金属 金属 逐渐 逐渐 逐渐 逐渐 逐渐41 0 metering the metal ion, and a/combining the number of people, the life of the electrode 3 11, 88498-941025.doc -75 - 1252268 3 12 can be estimated. Therefore, the silver ion indicator lamp 4 is controlled by the control unit 407 The pupil blinks quickly, allowing the user to know the life of the electrodes 311, 312 and urge them to replace the unit body 3〇1. In addition, by setting the solution This effect can be easily obtained by the simple structure of the number-of-times calculation unit 41. (4-8-4·Water supply count calculation unit) The water supply count calculation unit 4 11 detects that there is no flow according to the detection unit 315 of the ion elution unit 3 The number of times of water supply from the ion elution unit 3 to the washing machine 1 of the water supply device is calculated. When the detecting unit 315 initially detects the water flow in the unit main body 3〇, the water supply number calculation unit 411 calculates the water supply as the first time. The number of times 'detection unit 315 once again detects that there is a water flow, and then detects that there is a water machine day', then calculates it as the second water supply number. When the water supply number calculation unit 4 is sighed, the control unit 4〇7 is in the water supply count t.卩4 1 1 The number of water supply times is the number of times corresponding to the period during which the metal ions are to be eluted (corresponding to the number of washing steps for which metal ions must be eluted) (if the number of times of water supply is the third time), the voltage i is generated 403 The voltage is applied to the electrodes 3n, 312 of the ion elution unit 300, and the metal ions are eluted from the electrodes 3, (1). When the laundry branch 1 is in the running washing step, the washing step is first performed, and then the washing step is performed. In the washing step, in the washing step, the main water supply for supplying the specific water amount in each step is performed; and in order to replenish the water level due to the water immersion, the additional water and the water are added in the middle of each step. However, if in the washing step, even if the metal ion-added water is supplied to the washing machine 1, the metal ions are washed away with the dirt containing the laundry and the water of the laundry agent 88498-941025.doc 1252268. Metal ions can not play a sufficient role in the laundry and the washing step 2 = times (main water supply) and the second time (additional water supply) after the third time water = 311 '312 applied voltage, while at 3U, 312 ^ a cleaning After the step, when the electrode "voltage" and the metal ions are eluted from the electrode 31 312, the metal ion can be avoided, and the metal can be effectively utilized. The dirt due to the strip is also large in the cleaning step. Therefore, it is easy to cause all the ions to act on the laundry by the water supply of the metal ion-added water. (Heart 8-5·Starting the water supply number setting unit) The start/close water supply number setting unit 412 is used. The number of water supply times for eluting the metal ions from the electrode 3U' 312 of the ion elution unit 300 is set. When the start of the water supply count setting unit 412 is set, the control unit 4〇7 starts the water supply count = the calculation of the number of water supply times calculated by the calculation unit 4U When the number of times of elution and water supply is set to be the number of times of water supply in the range of M12, the voltage generated by the voltage generating unit 403 is applied to the electrode (1) of the (four) ion elution unit, and the gold is eluted from the electrode (1), 312. The washing step after the first garment V step includes several washing steps (such as the washing step 3 times), and the washing machine 1 is supplied with water in each washing step. In this case, in order to impart an antibacterial effect, metal ions are attached to the clothes. It is only necessary to supply the metal ion-added water in the washing machine 1 at least in the final step, so that the cleaning step before the final washing step does not need to supply the metal ion-adding ruler to the washing machine, because before the final washing step The metal in the cleaning is 88498-941025.doc -77- 1252268. The ions are washed away by the cleaning of the subsequent steps, and the metal ions are not fully utilized, resulting in waste of metal ions. However, the above control by the control unit 407 is due to When the number of water supply times set by the elution water supply number setting unit 412 is reached, the water to which the metal ions are added is supplied. Therefore, even if the washing step includes several washing steps, the number of water supply corresponding to the last washing step can be set only by When the final cleaning step is reached, the metal ion-added water is supplied to the washing machine 1. Therefore, it is not necessary to supply In the other steps of the water of the metal ions (the washing step and the washing step other than the final washing step), the metal ions are not eluted, so that the metal ions can be prevented from being eluted, and the metal ions can be effectively utilized. The control unit 407 may continue to apply the voltage generated by the voltage generating unit 403 to the ion eluting unit 3 after the water supply number calculated by the water supply number calculating unit 4 11 reaches the water supply number set by the start of the eluted water supply number setting unit 412. The electrodes 311, 312 of q elute metal ions from the electrodes 311, 312. As shown in Fig. 5, the washing step initially performs a dehydration step, and in the dehydration step, imbalance may occur in the washing tank 30. Further, the term "unbalanced" means that the laundry is disposed in one side of the washing tub 30, and the spin-off is not well balanced during the start of dehydration, which causes a large vibration phenomenon in the washing tub 30 and the washing machine 1 itself. Therefore, when the detecting means (not shown) of the washing machine 1 detects such unevenness, the control means of the washing machine 1 supplies water to the washing tub 30, and controls the washing strips to perform the control of the correction imbalance. Therefore, when the water supply for correcting such imbalance is performed, the calculation unit 411 also counts the number of times of water supply as 88, and the calculation unit 411 also counts the number of water supply times u, even if the water supply number setting unit 412 is initially set. When the number of water supply to be dissolved is started, and the imbalance correction is performed in the middle, the water supply set in the water supply number section 4 12 is set to be 4 女 疋 lt 仏 仏 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数 人数number. In other words, the actual number of water supply times reaches the number of water supply ports set by the start of the elution water supply number setting unit 412 before the final cleaning step is reached, and the supply of the metal ion-added water is started. By the above-described control of the throttle unit 407, after the number of water supply times set by the elution water supply number setting unit 412 is started, the supply of the gold (4) + the washing machine 1 '11 is continued, even if an imbalance occurs, it occurs: When the number of times is not expected, the metal ion-added water is supplied to the washing machine in the final clearing step, so that the desired antibacterial treatment can be performed in the final and the crucible. That is, it is possible to surely avoid the problem of supplying a metal ion containing no metal ions to the post-cleaning step. In addition, the user cannot obtain the required antibacterial energy. After the cleaning step, that is, after the final cleaning step, the dehydration step is uneven, and even in this case, the repair can be performed. In this case, even in this case, the water supply number set by the water supply count setting unit 412 is prevented or continuously supplied to the washing machine 1 by the control unit 407. After the same cleaning, the above-mentioned cleaning step is followed by the supply of water containing no metal ions (4·8·6·memory) 88498-941〇25.d〇c -79- 1252268 •卩3 is pre-study needs The washing machine 1 is supplied with a means of storing the water supply time of the metal ion-added water (silver ion water). In addition, the figure in Figure ^ is L. The 卩413 is provided separately from the control unit 4〇7, but may be constituted by a memory in the control unit. The above-mentioned water and water day guards may be preset in the memory unit 413, or a water supply time setting unit not shown in the figure may be provided, and the set water supply date (4) may be stored in the memory unit 413. Further, the water supply amount setting unit _ and the start water supply number setting unit 412 shown in Fig. 29 can also be used as the above-described water supply time setting unit. When such a memory unit 413 is provided, the control unit 407 can drive the voltage generating unit 4〇3' with the water supply time of the water of the cup-based ions stored in the memory unit, and on the electrodes 311, 312 of the ion eluting unit 3 (10). Apply voltage. In the memory unit 413, the time when the water supply w of the metal ion is added is stored in the memory unit 413, and the control unit is operated by the operation unit such that the drive unit 4 is turned on. The above time is %, and a voltage is applied to the electrodes 3U, 312. In addition, the above-mentioned water supply time may be stored in the "memory unit" in the "specific ί, water*" day, and the control unit 4〇7 may drive the voltage when the flow rate detected by the detecting unit 3丨5 reaches the water supply flow rate. The generating portion 403 generates a voltage on the electrodes 311, 312. For the above, the water and the day guard, if in the memory part 41 3, there is a "cleaning step ‘the number of the seven waters”, the control department 4〇7 reaches the current number of water supply. When the number of water supply in the L and 邛4 13 is reached, the voltage generating portion is driven, and a voltage is applied to the electrodes 311, 312. 88498-941025.doc -80- 1252268 Here, since the memory portion 413 can memorize the water supply time for the washing machine and dissolve the metal ions from the electrodes 311, 312 at the time of the water supply, it is only necessary to supply the added metal ions. In the case of water, a water supply of water to which metal ions are added is performed. The washing step in the washing machine 1 is performed: a washing step, a washing step, a dehydrating step, a drying step, and the like, even if the water for adding metal ions in the washing step is not attached to the laundry Ji, and the It laundry agent is washed together. The metal ions that cause the supply are wasted.疋 The water supply of the metal ion-added water is performed according to the above-described water supply time. Even if the processing unit 401 turns on the driving unit, the metal ions are not immediately eluted, and the metal ions are not eluted until the cleaning step is reached. The water is supplied to the washing machine i. Therefore, even if the driving unit lifts the moon, if it is turned on at the start of the washing, the metal ions are not eluted unnecessarily from the electrodes 3 i i, 3 η. Therefore, the electrodes 3ii, 312 can be effectively utilized, saving their unnecessary H and thus effectively utilizing the eluted metal ions, and can effectively act on the laundry. Further, according to the above configuration, the control unit 407 supplies the metal ion-added water to the washing machine i at a specific water supply time, and supplies the metal ions to the water supply tank, and automatically elutes the metal ions to the washing machine 1. Thereby, the user does not need to manually operate the operation time to supply the metal ion to the water. Therefore, when the washing is started, the corpse 'opens the driving unit 4 〇〇, and then the user does not need to be directly beside the driving unit structure, and other work can be completed during this period to increase the convenience of the user. In addition, when the water supply of the water to which the metal ion is added is carried out by manually inputting the operation unit 401, the water supply time of the water to which the metal ion is added may be lost due to forgetting to operate the operation unit 4 (H). However, with the above configuration, at a certain time, water for adding metal ions is automatically supplied when necessary, so there is no need to worry about such a problem at all. In addition, it is also necessary to memorize the addition of water of metal ions in the memory of S. The water supply day and the necessary water supply flow rate, the control unit 4〇7 is controlled to start supplying water to which the metal ions are added, and after the water supply time is passed, or only the water of the metal ion added to the water supply flow rate is supplied, the control unit automatically stops. The self-voltage generating unit 403 applies a voltage to the electrodes 311 and 312. Therefore, even if the user forgets to turn off the driving of the driving unit 4 by the operating unit 401, unnecessary power consumption and unnecessary elution of metal ions can be avoided. (4-8-7·Vibration sensing unit) The vibration sensor 4 14 detects the period during which the metal ion needs to be eluted according to the vibration of the washing machine of the water supply device (eg, clear The control unit 4〇7 controls the voltage generated by the voltage generating unit 403 to be applied to the electrodes 3, 312, and 312 of the ion eluting unit when the vibration sensor 414 detects the period. In the cleaning step, due to factors such as the rotation speed of the washing tank 3, the amount of water in the washing tank 30, and the rotating speed of the mixing blade 33, the vibration of the washing machine m is different, and the washing step and the stirring step of the washing step are different. The 'mixing wing 33 is rotated at about 1 rpm (the motor is also about (10) (four). During the intermediate dehydration step, the washing tank 3G is about _ ah (the motor is also about - rotating). During the steps, the vibration period (frequency) is seen on the page. The vibration sensor 4 i 4 is washed by the strip, and the 88488-94l025.doc -82 - 1252268 is given. The difference in the number of revolutions produces a difference in the vibration period, and the washing step (e.g., the washing step) in which the metal ions are required to be eluted can be roughly measured. The control unit 407 can enter the washing step by performing the above control. At the time of the washing step, at the electrode 311, A voltage is applied to 312 to cause the metal ions to exit. Even if the driving unit 400 is turned on earlier, the metal ions are not dissolved from the electrode 12 without the stomach. Therefore, the electrodes 2 and 2 can be effectively utilized to save unnecessary consumption. It has the same effect as the structure in which the storage unit 413 is supplied with water to which metal ions are added in a specific water supply time. Alternatively, the period in which the metal ions are required to be eluted may be performed as described below, or may be stored in advance. In the portion 413, the vibration amplitude range of the washing machine is washed in the step of washing metal ions (such as the washing step), and the control unit 407 determines whether the vibration amplitude of the washing machine is within the above range, and may also be in memory. The vibration amplitude range of the washing step is previously stored in the portion 413, and the control unit 407 determines whether or not the vibration amplitude of the washing machine has exceeded the above range. In addition, the vibration sensor 414 can also detect the vibration of the water supply valve 5〇. Thereby, since the vibration sensor 414 can detect that the water supply valve 5 is being driven, that is, it is controlled by the control unit 407 according to the detection, the metal ions can be eluted during the water supply, and the metal is supplied. Ionic water. Further, the control unit 407 may be controlled to automatically stop the application of the voltage from the voltage generating unit 4〇3 to the electrodes 3 11, 3 12 when the vibration sensor 414 detects the vibration of the washing machine 1 in the dehydrating step. At this time, even if the user forgets to turn off the driving of the driving unit 4 by the operating portion 40 1 , it is possible to avoid the unnecessary consumption of the metal ions and the unnecessary elution of the metal ions. (4-9. Effect) The drive unit 400 of the above configuration is disposed outside the washing machine 1 through which the water supply is placed. Thereby, since the ion elution unit 3 (8) and the drive unit 400 can be added later, even if the washing machine worker does not have the ion elution unit, the same function as the washing machine i having the ion elution unit can be easily realized. Therefore, it is not necessary to replace the existing washing machine, and the existing washing machine 1 can be effectively utilized. Further, since the drive unit 4 is attached to the outside of the washing machine i, the repair of the drive unit 4 and the battery replacement are also easy in the event of a malfunction and a battery exhaustion. (5. Others) The various embodiments of the present invention are described above, but the scope of the present invention is not limited thereto, and various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Further, the object of use of the antibacterial treatment device of the present invention is not limited to the fully automatic washing machine of the form described in the above various embodiments. The present invention can also be applied to various types of washing machines such as a horizontal cylinder (drum type), a tilt cylinder, a dryer, or a double tank type. Since the antibacterial treatment device of the present invention can be used alone, the installation is simple and the operation does not require special skills, and therefore it can be used not only for the washing of its characteristics but also for a wide range of applications. In addition to the washing machine, the antibacterial treatment device of the present invention can be easily disposed on a water supply path of a household appliance (dishwasher, water purification, etc.) using water. At this time, the specifications and models of the machine are not limited. In addition, the antibacterial treatment device of the present invention sterilizes the water to be used 88498-941025.doc -84 - 1252268 by immersing the washed matter in the water, in addition to the clothes, the tableware, the stone plate, the: Sponge for washing dishes, such as kitchen utensils and bathroom and toilet products, etc., can be treated with metal ionized water for anti-g treatment. It is not used to flush metal-containing water onto the object to be washed. In the method of immersing the metal ions in the water, the various materials to be washed can be effectively treated with only a small amount of water. The bathtub can also be used for the antibacterial treatment device of the present invention. The water in the rainwater and the rainwater accumulated in the rainwater tank, the infection prevention during the human bath, or the fungus of the fish water I5. In addition, the use place of the antibacterial treatment device of the present invention is not limited to the general family. Sterilization or anti-g treatment of various items in medical institutions and public facilities to prevent infection of pathogenic bacteria to the human body. Therefore, in the vicinity of the water supply facility, or even in places where tap water»% is not available (such as camping areas, disaster materials, refugee camps, etc.), the antibacterial treatment device can be used on the spot to obtain water and water.杈囷 treatment. In addition to the sterilization of water, it can also be used for various purposes: anti-g treatment, therefore, regardless of the entertainment venue or disaster site, one: people can be widely used, regardless of the configuration environment Hygienic standard. 7 』Bao, 杳, 抗菌 之 之 之 之 之 之 抗菌 抗菌 抗菌 抗菌 抗菌 之 之 之 之 之 之 之 之 之 之 之 之 抗菌 抗菌 抗菌 抗菌 抗菌 抗菌 抗菌 抗菌 抗菌 抗菌 抗菌 抗菌 抗菌 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 Therefore, when using the antibacterial treatment device of the present invention outdoors, as described above, 88498-941025.doc -85 - 1252268 should use a battery as a power source. The type of battery is not limited to a dry battery, and is preferably a secondary battery and The solar cell may be used in combination with these forms. The structures described in the first and second embodiments may of course be applied to the antibacterial of the third embodiment. For example, the driving unit 400 has a structure in which a timer for setting the energization time for the electrodes 311 and 312, and at least a part of the unit body 301 serves as an electrode for observable internals. The structure can be realized. INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY The antibacterial treatment device of the present invention can be used for household appliances (dishwashers, water purifiers) other than washing machines and washing machines. Further, the antibacterial treatment garment of the present invention can also be used for antibacterial treatment of kitchen utensils, bathrooms, toilet articles, etc.; and sterilization or antibacterial treatment of various articles in medical institutions, public facilities, and outdoors. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is a vertical sectional view showing a schematic structure of a washing machine in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 2 is a vertical cross-sectional view of the model of the water supply port. Figure 3 is a flow chart of the entire washing step. Figure 4 is a flow chart of the washing step. Figure 5 is a flow chart of the cleaning step. Figure 6 is a flow chart of the dehydration step. Fig. 7 is a vertical sectional view showing the first embodiment of the ion elution unit. Fig. 8 is a view showing a circuit level diagram of the ion elution unit drive circuit of the ion elution unit according to the embodiment of the ion discharge unit. 88498-941025.doc -86-1252268. Figure 10 shows the ion, mysterious φ retention-graph. The vertical section of the two embodiments of the combination of the two versions of the invention shows the connection relationship of the antibacterial treatment device when the antibacterial treatment of the third embodiment of the present invention is applied to the machine, and the six-out diagram It is obvious that the communication connection constitutes the above-mentioned ions of the above antibacterial treatment device: The first side of the faucet of the early water faucet - the side view of the hose schematic structure Fig. 13 is a perspective view showing the first. "Decomposition of the schematic structure of the connection portion" is shown in Fig. 14 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic structure of the disk. The first connection portion of the four-head connection and the first connection portion of Fig. 15B show the above-mentioned younger one connected to the above-described ion elution unit. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 16 is a side view showing the other structure of the first hose. Fig. 1 is a perspective view showing the vertical structure. Fig. 18 is a front view of the ion elution unit when the ion elution unit is connected to the water tap through the first hose. Fig. 19 is a cross-sectional view seen from the back of the ion elution unit. Figure 2 is a cross-sectional view from the side of the ion elution unit. Figure 21 is a detailed view showing the internal structure of the sub-dissolution unit of the 88498-941025.doc -87-1252268 when the ion elution unit is observed from the front. The ion diagram of the ion-dissolving unit is observed in detail from the side, and the cross-sectional view of the internal structure is taken up in an early manner. Fig. 2 is a perspective view showing a schematic structure of the detection unit of the above-mentioned ion, i.e., the scale solid ion/combination, and Fig. 25 shows the ion elution enthalpy. The other side of the ® 系 上述 〉 〉 容 容 容 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ Fig. 28 is a block diagram showing a schematic configuration of the above-described driving unit. Fig. 29 is a block diagram showing another configuration example of the above-described driving unit. [Description of Symbols of Drawings] 1 Washing Machine 10 Outer Box 11 Upper Panel 12 Rear Panel 13 Base 15 Washing: Object input 16 Cover 17 Chain part 88498-941025.doc -88- 1252268 20 Sink 21 Suspension member 30 Washing tank 31 Dewatering hole 32 Balancer 33 Stirring wing 40 Drive unit 41 Motor 42 Clutch Mechanism 43 Brake mechanism 44 Dewatering shaft 45 Stirring wing 50 Water supply valve 51 Connecting pipe 52 Water supply pipe 53 Water supply port 54 Laundry room 55 Add Additive chamber 56 Water inlet 57 Siphon 60 Drain hose 61 Drain pipe 62 Drain pipe 63 Next door

88498-941025.doc -89- 1252268 64 密封構件 65 碟 66 排水空間 67 排水口 68 排水閥 69 空氣收集器 70 導壓管 71 水位開關 80 控制部 81 顯不部 100 離子溶出單元 101 電源單元 102 電源軟線 110 盒 111 流入口 112 流出口 113 電極 114 電極 115 端子 116 端子 117 蓋 118 防水蓋 119 供電纜線 120 驅動電路88498-941025.doc -89- 1252268 64 Sealing member 65 Disc 66 Drainage space 67 Drain port 68 Drain valve 69 Air collector 70 Pressure pipe 71 Water level switch 80 Control part 81 Display part 100 Ion dissolution unit 101 Power supply unit 102 Power supply Soft wire 110 box 111 inflow port 112 outflow port 113 electrode 114 electrode 115 terminal 116 terminal 117 cover 118 waterproof cover 119 for cable 120 drive circuit

88498-941025.doc -90- 1252268 121 電源 122 變壓器 123 全波整流電路 124 穩壓電路 125 穩流電路 126 整流二極體 127 電容器 128 穩壓電路88498-941025.doc -90- 1252268 121 Power supply 122 Transformer 123 Full-wave rectifier circuit 124 Voltage regulator circuit 125 Current-stabilizing circuit 126 Rectifier diode 127 Capacitor 128 Voltage regulator circuit

129 三端雙向可控矽開關 130 微電腦 131 通報手段 132 電源開關 133 計時器 150 電極驅動電路 151 光電轉換耦合器 152 光電轉換耦合器129 Triacs 130 Microcomputer 131 Notification means 132 Power switch 133 Timer 150 Electrode drive circuit 151 Photoelectric conversion coupler 152 Photoelectric conversion coupler

160 電流檢測電路 161 電流檢測電路 162 電壓檢測電路 163 光電轉換耦合器 180 供水軟管 200 抗菌處理裝置 201 水龍頭 202 第一軟管 88498-941025.doc -91 - 1252268 203 第二軟管 210 軟管本體 211 第一連接部 212 第二連接部 221 連結部 222 活動手段 231 夾具 232 螺合部 233 連接管 234 顎部 241 貫穿部 242 活動苟5 243 連接部 244 固定咅 245 施力手段 300 離子溶出單元 301 單元本體 302 第一連接部 303 第二連接部 304 夹具 305 螺合部 306 可變部 311 電極 312 電極160 current detection circuit 161 current detection circuit 162 voltage detection circuit 163 photoelectric conversion coupler 180 water supply hose 200 antibacterial treatment device 201 faucet 202 first hose 88498-941025.doc -91 - 1252268 203 second hose 210 hose body 211 first connection portion 212 second connection portion 221 connection portion 222 movable means 231 jig 232 screwing portion 233 connection pipe 234 crotch portion 241 penetration portion 242 movement 苟 5 243 connection portion 244 fixing 咅 245 force means 300 ion elution unit 301 Unit body 302 first connection portion 303 second connection portion 304 clamp 305 screw portion 306 variable portion 311 electrode 312 electrode

88498-941025.doc -92- 1252268 313 314 315 317 318 321 322 323 331 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 端子部 端子部 檢測部 磁鐵 磁性檢測部 旋轉軸部 葉片 收容部 第一過濾器 驅動單元 操作部 狀態顯示部 電壓產生部 變壓電路 電源電壓檢測部 電流檢測電路 控制部 濃度設定部 供水水量設定部 溶出次數計算部 供水次數計算部 開始溶出供水次數設定部 記憶部 振動感測器 88498-941025.doc -93 - 1252268 500 軟線 110a 通水口 110b 鉤 111a 公螺部 111b 連接具 112a 母螺部 112b 0形環 119a 絕緣芯線 119b 絕緣芯線 14a 腳部 14b 腳部 232a 第一圓筒部 232b 第二圓筒部 233a 溝部 241a 鋼球 300a 盒 302a 連接管 302b 顎部 302c 溝部 303a 連接管 303b 顎部 305a 第一圓筒部 305b 第二圓筒部 306a 固定告[5。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 One filter drive unit operation unit state display unit voltage generation unit transformer circuit power supply voltage detection unit current detection circuit control unit concentration setting unit water supply amount setting unit dissolution number calculation unit water supply number calculation unit start dissolution water supply number setting unit memory unit vibration feeling Detector 88498-941025.doc -93 - 1252268 500 Flexible wire 110a Water outlet 110b Hook 111a Male screw 111b Connecting device 112a Female screw portion 112b 0-ring 119a Insulating core wire 119b Insulating core wire 14a Foot portion 14b Foot portion 232a First cylinder Portion 232b Second cylindrical portion 233a Groove portion 241a Steel ball 300a Box 302a Connecting pipe 302b Crotch portion 302c Groove portion 303a Connecting pipe 303b Crotch portion 305a First cylindrical portion 305b Second cylindrical portion 306a Fixed [5

88498-941025.doc -94- 1252268 313a 密封構件 314a 密封構件 323a 開口部 400a 7L 402a 電池壽命顯示燈 402b 銀離子溶出燈 403a 乾電池 403b 連接軟線 50a 主供水閥 50b 子供水閥 52a 主供水管 52b 子供水管 57a 内管 57b 外管 D1 〜D3 二極體 LI 〜L3 線路 Q1 〜Q5 電晶體 R1 〜R7 電阻88498-941025.doc -94- 1252268 313a sealing member 314a sealing member 323a opening portion 400a 7L 402a battery life indicator lamp 402b silver ion eluting lamp 403a dry battery 403b connecting cord 50a main water supply valve 50b sub water supply valve 52a main water supply pipe 52b sub water supply pipe 57a inner tube 57b outer tube D1 ~ D3 diode LI ~ L3 line Q1 ~ Q5 transistor R1 ~ R7 resistance

88498-941025.doc -95 -88498-941025.doc -95 -

Claims (1)

拾、申請專利範Ϊ了 L —種抗g處理寰置’其特徵為包含離子產生部,盆係產 生添加於藉由供水褒置供給至供水對象之水中之金屬離 子;且 前述離子產生部係在前述供水裝置之外部,且在給前 述供水裝置之水供給管路上,對該供給管路自由取下地 設置; 月,J述離子產生部係由内包電極,且具有前述水在内部 流動之單元本體之離子溶出單元構成; 並且進一步包含驅動前述離子溶出單元之驅動單元; 前述驅動單元包含電壓產生部,其係產生施加於前述 離子溶出單元之前述電極上之電壓; 前述離子溶出單元推—牛4人k —一 進#包含檢測手段,其係檢測前 述早70本體内部有無水流及其流量中之至少一方; 前述檢測手段包含: 轉子,其係藉由前述水之通過而旋轉; 磁鐵,其係内包於前述轉子;及 磁性檢測部,其传佑擔命 ▲ 、康則述轉子旋轉時前述磁鐵之磁 性變化,來檢測有無水流及其流量中之至少一方; 剞述驅動單元進一步包令 &制σ卩’其係控制前述電壓 產生部產生之電壓對前述電極之施加; 乂前述控制部於前述磁性檢測部檢測出前述水流時,使 前述電壓施加於前述電極上。 2. —種抗菌處理裝置,其特 ~匕3離子產生部,其係產 88498-941025.doc Ϊ252268 生添加於藉由供k # ’、、置仏給至供水對象之水中之金屬離 ^ »且 如述離子產峰部/备+、, 述供水^ W述供水裝置之外部,且在給前 設置.& t水供給管路上’對該供給管路自由取下地 述離子產生邱& 流動之嚴_! 内包電極’且具有前述水在内部 、, 凡本體之離子溶出單元構成; 並且進一步包含, ^ 一 么 j a離子洛出早兀之驅動單元; 月驅動單元包含電壓產 離子溶出單元之兑、兩 八係產生她加於W述 月ij述笔極上之電壓; $述離子溶出單 _ ^^ ^, 一 v L s檢測手段,其係檢測前 :林體内部有無水流及其流量中之至少一方; 别述檢測手段包含: 轉子’其係藉由前述水之通過而旋轉; 磁鐵,其係内包於前述轉子;及 磁性檢測部,其係依據前述轉、、 性變化,來於、目丨士— 轉t則述磁鐵之磁 二化Μ剩有無水流及其流量中之 別述驅動單兀進_步包含控制部, 產生部產生之带@ + /、係控制丽述電壓 、, 展王之电壓對珂述電極之施加; 前述控制部於前述磁性檢 照其檢測之流量,來,-述流量時’按 入义、f + 4 又❻加於則述電極上之電壓或流 入刖逑電極之電流。 〜机 3· -種抗菌處理裝置,其 生添加於藉由供水壯署心 3離子產生部,其係產 、水^置供給至供水對象之水中之金屬離 88498-941025.doc -2- 1252268 子;且 、前述離子產生部係在前述供水裝置之外部,且在給前 述供水裝置之水供給管路上’對該供給管路自由取下地 設置; 、/述離子產生部係由内包電極,且具有前述水在内部 流動之單元本體之離子溶出單元構成; 並且進一步包含驅動前述離子溶出 输料元包含電壓產生部,其係產生=兀前述 離子溶出單元之前述電極上之電壓; 月1J述驅動早元進一步包含·· 濃度設定部,其係用於設定金屬離子濃度;及 控制部’其係進行按照前述濃度設定部所設定之濃 度’變更前述電壓產生部產生之電壓,並使其施加於前 述離子溶出單元之電極上之控制。 4· 一種抗菌處理裝置,其特徵為包含離子產生部,其係產 生添加於藉由供水裝置供給至供水對象之水中之金屬離 子;且 、,前述離子產生部係在前述供水裝置之外部,且在給前 述供水裝置之水供給管路上,對該供給管路自由取下地 設置; 、前述離子產生部係由内包電極’且具有前述水在内部 流動之單元本體之離子溶出單元構成; j且進一步包含驅動前述離子溶出單元之驅動單元丨 前述驅動單元包含電屢產生部,其係產生施加於前述 88498-94I025.doc 1252268 離子溶出單元之前述電極上之電壓; 前述驅動單元進一步包含: 供水水量設定部,並传用 < 〜 係用於投定對供水裝置之供水水 量;及 控制部’其係進行按照前述供水水量設定部所設定之 供水ΐ量:變更前述電壓產生部產生之電壓施加於前述 離子浴出單7L之電極之時間之控制。 5. 6. -種抗菌處理裝置,其特徵為包含離子產生部,其係產 生添加於藉由供水裝置供給 子;且 仏水對象之水中之金屬離 前述離子產生部係在前述供水裝置之外部,且在給前 述供水裝置之水供給管路上’對該供給管路自由取下地 m r 1 口又置 , 前述離子產生部係由内包電極 且具有耵述水在内部 〜動之單元本體之離子溶出單元構成; 2一步包含驅動前述離子溶出單元之驅動單元丨 别述驅動單元進一步包含: 狀態顯示部,其係顯示其運轉狀態; /谷出次數計算部,其係外曾义 /、加彳异削述離子溶出單元之金 屬離子之溶出次數;及 控制部’其係進行於金屬離子溶出次數超過特定值 時,使前述狀態顯示部閃爍顯示之控制。 -種抗菌處理裝置’其特徵為包含離;產生部…" 生添加於藉由供水裝置供給至供水對象之水中之金屬離 88498-941025.doc -4- 1252268 子;且 前述離子產生部係在前述供水裝置之外部,且在給前 述供水裝置之水供給管路上,對該供給管路自由取下地 設置; /述-子產生部係由内包電極,且具有前述水在内部 流動之單元本體之離子溶出單元構成; 2且進一步包含驅動前述離子溶出單元之驅動單元; 前述驅動單元包含電壓產生部,其係產生施加於前述 離子溶出單元之前述電極上之電壓; :述離子溶出單元進一步包含檢測手段,其係檢測前 α早兀本體内部有無水流及其流量中之至少一方; 前述驅動單元進一步包含: 供水次數計算部,直係么 ,、係依據别述檢測手段檢測有無水 :;广自前述離子溶出單元對供水裝置之供水次 =部,其係進行前述供水次數計 次數達到對應於須溶出金屬離子之時期… 水 極上之控制。—於前述離子溶出單元之電 -種抗菌處理裝置,其 生添加於藉由供水裝置供=產生部,其係產 子,·且 象之水t之金屬離 前述離子產生部係在前述供 述供水裝置之水供給管路上,_",且在給前 對5亥供給官路自由取下地 88498-94I025.doc -5- 1252268 設置; 、六月』述離子產生部係由内包電極,且具有前述水在内部 机動之單元本體之離子溶出單元構成; 並且進一步包含駆動前述離子溶出單元之驅動單元; 女前述驅動單元包含„產生部,其係產生施加於前述 離子洛出單元之前述電極上之電壓; :述離子溶出單元進一步包含檢測手段,其係檢測前 &早凡本體内部有無水流及其流量中之至少一方; 剷述驅動單元進一步包含: 旦 人數汁^ °卩,其係依據前述檢測手段檢測有益水 自^㈣⑽㈣仏供水次數; =出供,定部’其係用於設定開始自前述 出早70之電極溶出金屬離子之供水次數;及 控制部,其係進行前述供 戈赵、、,+ 、水人數计异部所計算之供水 j ㈣開始㈣供水次―卩所設定之供水次 屮罝-” ^生之電屢施加於前述離子溶 出早70之電極上之控制。 m卞/合 8. 一種抗《處理裝置’其特徵為包含離子產生部备 生添加於精由供水裝置供 /、糸產 子,·且 U水對象之水中之金屬離 前述離子產生部係在前述供水裝置之外部 述供水裝置之水供給管路上, 在給刖 設置; 、給管路自由取下地 前述離子產生部係由内包電極 百則述水在内部 88498-941025.doc -6- 1252268 ㈣之單元本體之離子溶出單元構成; ^進-步包含驅動前述離子溶出單元之驅動單元; 則述驅動單元包含 料溶…之料電極上之„:、你產™ 别述離子滚屮留 诚… 出早70進一步包含檢測手段,其係檢測前 :兀體内部有無水流及其流量中之至少一方; 前述驅動單元進一步包含·· 旦 數4异部’其係依據前述檢測手段檢測有無水 里:來計算自前述離子溶出單元對供水裝置之供水次數; :::出供水次數設定部’其係.用於設定開 離子溶出單元之電極溶出金屬離子之供水次數;及 其係進行前述供水次數計算部所計算之供水 2達到《開始溶出供水次數設定部所設定之供水次 :::將前述電壓產生部產生之電壓施加於前述離子溶 出早7C之電極上之控制; 則讀制料前述供水次數計算部所計算之供水次數 7前述開始溶出供水次數設定部所設定之供水次數以 < ’亦繼續使前述電壓產生部所產生之電壓施加於前述 離子溶出單元之電極上。 9.-種抗菌處理裝置,其特徵為包含離子產生部,立係產 2添加於藉由供水裝置供給至供水對象之水中之金屬離 子,且 m述離子產生部係在前述供水裝置之外部 述供水裝置之水供給管路上,對該供給管路自由取;地 88498-941025.doc 1252268 設置; 、/述離子產生部係由内包電極’且具有前述水在内部 流動之單元本體之離子溶出單元構成; 2且進-步包含驅動前述離子溶出單元之驅動單元; 士前述驅動單元包含電壓產生部,其係產生施加於前述 離子/谷出單元之前述電極上之電壓; 别述驅動單元進一步包含: 吕己憶手段,其係預先記憶對供水裝置須供給添加金屬 離子之水之供水時機;及 控制部,其係進行配合記憶於前述記憶手段内之供水 時間,使前述電壓產生部產生之電壓施加於前述離子溶 出單元之電極上之控制。 88498-941025.doc 1252268 柒、指定代表圖: (一) 本案指定代表圖為:第(1 )圖。 (二) 本代表圖之元件代表符號簡單說明: 1 洗衣機 10 外箱 11 上面板 12 後方面板 13 基座 15 洗條物投入口 16 蓋 17 絞鏈部 20 水槽 21 懸吊構件 30 洗滌槽 31 脫水孔 32 平衡器 33 攪拌翼 40 驅動單元 41 馬達 42 離合器機構 43 制動器機構 44 脫水軸 45 攪拌翼軸 50 供水閥 51 連接管 52 供水管 88498-941025.doc 1252268 53 供水口 60 排水軟管 61 排水管 62 排水管 63 隔壁 64 密封構件 65 碟 66 排水空間 67 排水口 68 排水閥 69 空氣收集器 70 導壓管 71 水位開關 80 控制部 81 顯示部 100 離子溶出單元 101 電源單元 102 電源軟線 110 盒 111b 連接具 119 供電纜線 14a 腳部 14b 腳部 180 連接供水軟管The invention relates to an L-type anti-g treatment device, characterized in that it comprises an ion generating portion, and the basin system generates metal ions added to the water supplied to the water supply object by the water supply device; and the ion generating portion is Outside the water supply device, and in the water supply line to the water supply device, the supply pipe is freely removed; and the ion generating portion is composed of an inner electrode and a unit in which the water flows inside. a bulk ion dissolving unit; further comprising: a driving unit that drives the ion eluting unit; the driving unit includes a voltage generating unit that generates a voltage applied to the electrode of the ion eluting unit; and the ion eluting unit pushes the cow The 4-person k-一进# includes detection means for detecting at least one of the water flow and the flow rate inside the body of the early 70; the detecting means includes: a rotor which is rotated by the passage of the water; a magnet; The inside of the rotor is wrapped in the rotor; and the magnetic detecting part is transmitted by the shovel ▲ At least one of the non-aqueous flow and the flow rate thereof is detected by the magnetic change of the magnet during the turning; the driving unit further squirts the σ卩' to control the application of the voltage generated by the voltage generating portion to the electrode; The control unit applies the voltage to the electrode when the magnetic detecting unit detects the water flow. 2. An antibacterial treatment device, which has a special ~匕3 ion generating unit, which is produced in the form of 88498-941025.doc Ϊ252268, which is added to the metal in the water supplied to the water supply object by k# ', and placed in the water supply object » And as described above, the ion production peak/preparation +, the water supply is described outside the water supply device, and the supply is provided on the .& t water supply line. 'The supply line is free to remove the ion generation Qiu & The flow of the _! The inner electrode 'and the water inside, the body of the ion-dissolving unit of the body; and further includes, ^ a ja ion release from the early drive unit; the monthly drive unit comprises a voltage-producing ion-dissolving unit The exchange, the two-eighth system produces the voltage that she adds to the ruth of the ruth of the ruth; the ionic dissolution list _ ^^ ^, a v L s detection means, before the detection: there is no water flow and flow inside the forest At least one of the detection means includes: a rotor that rotates by passing the water; a magnet that is wrapped in the rotor; and a magnetic detecting unit that changes depending on the change in the polarity ,目 士 转 转 转 转 转 转 转 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 磁铁 磁铁 — 磁铁 磁铁 磁铁 磁铁 磁铁 磁铁 磁铁 磁铁 磁铁 磁铁 磁铁The application of the voltage of the exhibition king to the electrode of the description; the flow rate of the detection by the control unit in the magnetic detection, and the voltage or the inflow of the electrode at the time of the flow rate The current of the 刖逑 electrode. ~ Machine 3 · - Antibacterial treatment device, which is added to the metal in the water source of the water supply by the water supply and the metal ion generation unit, and the water is supplied to the water of the water supply target. 88498-941025.doc -2- 1252268 And the ion generating unit is disposed outside the water supply device, and is provided on the water supply line of the water supply device to be freely removed from the supply line; and the ion generating unit is provided with an inner package electrode, and The ion eluting unit having the unit body in which the water flows inside; and further comprising driving the ion eluting material element to include a voltage generating unit that generates voltage on the electrode of the ion dissolving unit; Further, the morning element further includes a concentration setting unit for setting a metal ion concentration, and a control unit that changes a voltage generated by the voltage generating unit according to a concentration set by the concentration setting unit, and applies the voltage to Control on the electrodes of the aforementioned ion elution unit. 4. An antibacterial treatment device comprising: an ion generating unit that generates metal ions added to water supplied to a water supply target by a water supply device; wherein the ion generating unit is external to the water supply device, and Provided in the water supply line of the water supply device, the supply line is freely removed; and the ion generating unit is composed of an ion eluting unit that encapsulates the electrode 'and has the unit body in which the water flows inside; j further The driving unit includes a driving unit that drives the ion dissolving unit, and the driving unit includes an electric generating portion that generates a voltage applied to the electrode of the ion-dissolving unit of the above-mentioned 88498-94I025.doc 1252268; the driving unit further includes: a water supply amount setting And the use of <~ is used to determine the amount of water supplied to the water supply device; and the control unit' is configured to perform the amount of water supplied by the water supply amount setting unit: the voltage generated by the voltage generating unit is changed The time during which the ion bath exits the electrode of the single 7L is controlled. 5. 6. An antibacterial treatment device comprising: an ion generating unit that is added to a supply device by a water supply device; and the metal in the water of the water repellent object is external to the water supply device from the ion generating unit And in the water supply line of the water supply device, the mr1 port is freely removed from the supply line, and the ion generating portion is formed by an inner electrode and has an ion elution of the unit body in which the water is inside. The unit comprises: a driving unit that drives the ion dissolving unit in one step. The driving unit further includes: a state display unit that displays an operating state thereof; and a number of times of calculating the number of out of the valley, which are different from each other. The number of times of elution of the metal ions in the ion elution unit is described; and the control unit' controls the blinking display of the state display unit when the number of metal ions eluted exceeds a certain value. - an antibacterial treatment device 'characterized by containing; generating portion..." a metal added to the water supplied to the water supply object by the water supply device, leaving the 88498-941025.doc -4- 1252268; and the aforementioned ion generating portion Provided on the outside of the water supply device, and provided on the water supply line of the water supply device, the supply pipe is freely removed; the sub-generation portion is an inner body-packed electrode, and the unit body having the water flowing inside The ion eluting unit comprises: 2 and further comprising a driving unit for driving the ion eluting unit; wherein the driving unit includes a voltage generating unit that generates a voltage applied to the electrode of the ion eluting unit; wherein the ion eluting unit further comprises The detecting means is configured to detect at least one of the water flow and the flow rate in the body before the detection; the driving unit further includes: a water supply number calculation unit, which is directly related to the detection means that there is no water according to the detection means: The water supply from the water-discharging unit of the water-discharging unit to the water supply unit The number of times count corresponds to the period during which metal ions must be dissolved... Control on the water electrode. - an electro-bacterial antibacterial treatment device for the ion elution unit, which is added to a supply unit by a water supply device, which is a producer, and a metal such as water t is separated from the ion generation unit in the water supply device On the water supply line, _", and before the supply of 5 Hai supply official road freely removed ground 88498-94I025.doc -5 - 1252268 set; June, said ion generation part from the inside of the electrode, and has the aforementioned water The ion dissolving unit of the unit body that is internally driven; and further comprising a driving unit that oscillates the ion dissolving unit; wherein the driving unit comprises a generating unit that generates a voltage applied to the electrode of the ion releasing unit; The ion dissolving unit further includes a detecting means for detecting at least one of the non-aqueous flow and the flow rate in the body before the detecting; the driving unit further includes: a number of juices, which are based on the foregoing detecting means Detecting the beneficial water from ^(4)(10)(4) 仏 water supply times; = delivery, the stipulation 'the system is used to set the start from the aforementioned 7 The number of times of supply of the metal ions by the electrode of 0; and the control unit, which is the water supply calculated by the above-mentioned water supply for the different parts of the water, and the water supply j (four) starts (four) the water supply times - the water supply time set by the 屮罝-" ^ The power of the electricity is repeatedly applied to the control of the electrode of the aforementioned ion elution early 70. M卞/合8. An anti-"treatment device" characterized in that the ion-generating portion is prepared to be added to the water supply device, and the metal in the water of the U-water object is separated from the ion generating portion. The water supply line of the water supply device is provided on the water supply line of the water supply device, and the ion generation unit is freely removed from the water supply unit. The water is supplied from the inner electrode to the inside of the water. The internal water is in the internal 88498-941025.doc -6- 1252268 (4) The ion dissolving unit of the unit body is configured; the step further comprises a driving unit for driving the ion dissolving unit; wherein the driving unit comprises the material electrode of the material solution: „:,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, Further, the method 70 further includes a detecting means for detecting at least one of a non-aqueous stream and a flow rate inside the corpus callosum; the driving unit further comprises: a denier 4 an anatomy, which is detected according to the detection means: Calculating the number of times of water supply from the ion dissolving unit to the water supply device; ::: the number of times of water supply setting unit' is used to set the electrode solution of the open ion dissolving unit The number of water supply times of the metal ions; and the water supply 2 calculated by the water supply number calculation unit is "the water supply time set by the start of the water supply number setting unit::: the voltage generated by the voltage generating portion is applied to the ion elution" The control of the electrode of the early 7C is performed; the number of water supply times calculated by the water supply number calculation unit 7 is the number of water supply times set by the start of the water supply number setting unit, and the voltage generated by the voltage generating unit is continued. Applied to the electrode of the ion elution unit. 9. An antibacterial treatment device comprising an ion generating unit, wherein the vertical product 2 is added to a metal ion supplied to the water supply target by the water supply device, and the ion is The generating unit is disposed on the water supply line of the water supply device outside the water supply device, and is freely taken from the supply line; the ground is located at 88498-941025.doc 1252268; and the ion generating portion is composed of the inner electrode and having the water The ion dissolving unit of the unit body flowing inside is configured; 2 and the step further comprises driving the ion dissolving unit The driving unit includes a voltage generating unit that generates a voltage applied to the electrode of the ion/valley unit; the driving unit further includes: a device for pre-memorizing the water supply device. The water supply timing of the water to which the metal ions are added is supplied; and the control unit is configured to control the water supply time stored in the memory means to apply a voltage generated by the voltage generating unit to the electrodes of the ion elution unit. -941025.doc 1252268 柒, designated representative map: (1) The representative representative of the case is: (1). (2) The representative symbols of the representative drawings are briefly described as follows: 1 Washing machine 10 Outer box 11 Upper panel 12 Rear panel 13 Base 15 Washing object input port 16 Cover 17 Chain part 20 Water tank 21 Suspension member 30 Washing tank 31 Dehydration Hole 32 Balancer 33 Stirring wing 40 Drive unit 41 Motor 42 Clutch mechanism 43 Brake mechanism 44 Dewatering shaft 45 Stirring wing shaft 50 Water supply valve 51 Connecting pipe 52 Water supply pipe 88498-941025.doc 1252268 53 Water supply port 60 Drain hose 61 Drain pipe 62 Drain pipe 63 Partition wall 64 Sealing member 65 Dish 66 Drainage space 67 Drain port 68 Drain valve 69 Air collector 70 Pressure pipe 71 Water level switch 80 Control unit 81 Display unit 100 Ion dissolution unit 101 Power unit 102 Power cord 110 Box 111b Connection With 119 for cable 14a foot 14b foot 180 connected to the water supply hose 捌、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學式: (無) 88498-941025.doc捌 If there is a chemical formula in this case, please reveal the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention: (none) 88498-941025.doc
TW92128104A 2002-10-17 2003-10-09 Antibacterial treatment device TWI252268B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2002303318 2002-10-17
JP2003205417A JP2004188174A (en) 2002-10-17 2003-08-01 Antibacterial treatment apparatus

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200413595A TW200413595A (en) 2004-08-01
TWI252268B true TWI252268B (en) 2006-04-01

Family

ID=32109472

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW92128104A TWI252268B (en) 2002-10-17 2003-10-09 Antibacterial treatment device

Country Status (6)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2004188174A (en)
KR (2) KR200340012Y1 (en)
AU (1) AU2003273592B2 (en)
MY (1) MY157896A (en)
TW (1) TWI252268B (en)
WO (1) WO2004035904A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9689106B2 (en) 2013-12-06 2017-06-27 Applied Silver, Inc. Antimicrobial fabric application system
US10351807B2 (en) 2015-08-21 2019-07-16 Applied Silver, Inc. Systems and processes for treating textiles with an antimicrobial agent
US10640403B2 (en) 2013-08-15 2020-05-05 Applied Silver, Inc. Antimicrobial batch dilution system
US10760207B2 (en) 2017-03-01 2020-09-01 Applied Silver, Inc. Systems and processes for treating textiles with an antimicrobial agent
US11618696B2 (en) 2013-08-15 2023-04-04 Applied Silver, Inc. Antimicrobial batch dilution system
US11622557B2 (en) 2016-10-31 2023-04-11 Applied Silver, Inc. Dispensing of metal ions into batch laundry washers and dryers
US11634860B2 (en) 2016-05-12 2023-04-25 Applied Silver, Inc. Articles and methods for dispensing metal ions into laundry systems

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3638018B1 (en) 2003-11-10 2005-04-13 シャープ株式会社 Washing machine
US8091253B2 (en) * 2004-08-26 2012-01-10 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric article treating device and system
KR100715536B1 (en) * 2005-06-30 2007-05-08 삼성전자주식회사 Ion generator, controlling method the same and washing machine comprising an ion generating apparatus
JP2007301258A (en) * 2006-05-15 2007-11-22 Mitsubishi Heavy Industries Industrial Machinery Co Ltd Continuous type washing machine and method
CN106480631B (en) * 2015-08-31 2019-10-01 青岛海尔洗衣机有限公司 A kind of control method and washing machine of water-conservation washing machine
JP2018175039A (en) * 2017-04-05 2018-11-15 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Washing machine
JP7123783B2 (en) * 2018-12-19 2022-08-23 株式会社コロナ ion elution unit
JP7211929B2 (en) * 2018-12-27 2023-01-24 株式会社コロナ ion elution unit
WO2021168420A1 (en) * 2020-02-20 2021-08-26 Applied Silver, Inc. Portable systems and methods for treating materials with an antimicrobial agent

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH059119Y2 (en) * 1988-05-17 1993-03-05
JP2711552B2 (en) * 1988-10-24 1998-02-10 品川燃料株式会社 Water sterilization method
JPH0584393A (en) * 1991-09-30 1993-04-06 Sharp Corp Laundry capacity detecting method
JPH05216376A (en) * 1992-02-04 1993-08-27 Hitachi Metals Ltd Method for forming and erasing image
JPH0751337A (en) * 1993-08-09 1995-02-28 Inax Corp Method for controlling pump which circulates bath water
JPH08192161A (en) * 1995-01-19 1996-07-30 Seiwa Electron Kk Silver ion water generator
JP3890801B2 (en) * 1999-03-30 2007-03-07 東陶機器株式会社 Sterilizer
JP2000291099A (en) * 1999-04-08 2000-10-17 Toto Ltd Sterilizing device for toilet stool
JP2001276484A (en) * 2000-03-30 2001-10-09 Toto Ltd Washing machine

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10640403B2 (en) 2013-08-15 2020-05-05 Applied Silver, Inc. Antimicrobial batch dilution system
US11618696B2 (en) 2013-08-15 2023-04-04 Applied Silver, Inc. Antimicrobial batch dilution system
US9689106B2 (en) 2013-12-06 2017-06-27 Applied Silver, Inc. Antimicrobial fabric application system
US10000881B2 (en) 2013-12-06 2018-06-19 Applied Silver, Inc. Method for antimicrobial fabric application
US10087568B2 (en) 2013-12-06 2018-10-02 Applied Silver, Inc. Antimicrobial fabric application system
US10774460B2 (en) 2013-12-06 2020-09-15 Applied Silver, Inc. Antimicrobial fabric application system
US10351807B2 (en) 2015-08-21 2019-07-16 Applied Silver, Inc. Systems and processes for treating textiles with an antimicrobial agent
US11292993B2 (en) 2015-08-21 2022-04-05 Applied Silver, Inc. Systems and processes for treating textiles with an antimicrobial agent
US11634860B2 (en) 2016-05-12 2023-04-25 Applied Silver, Inc. Articles and methods for dispensing metal ions into laundry systems
US11622557B2 (en) 2016-10-31 2023-04-11 Applied Silver, Inc. Dispensing of metal ions into batch laundry washers and dryers
US10760207B2 (en) 2017-03-01 2020-09-01 Applied Silver, Inc. Systems and processes for treating textiles with an antimicrobial agent

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20040034482A (en) 2004-04-28
KR200340012Y1 (en) 2004-01-28
TW200413595A (en) 2004-08-01
WO2004035904A1 (en) 2004-04-29
AU2003273592B2 (en) 2008-04-17
JP2004188174A (en) 2004-07-08
MY157896A (en) 2016-08-15
AU2003273592A1 (en) 2004-05-04
KR100574710B1 (en) 2006-05-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI252268B (en) Antibacterial treatment device
TWI278549B (en) Ion elution unit appliance incorporating an ion elution unit
TWI254757B (en) Ion elution unit and washer furnished with ion elution unit
TWI252269B (en) Ion elution unit and appliance incorporating an ion elution unit
WO2005021857A1 (en) Washing machine
JP2007090095A (en) Antibacterial treatment device
TW200416319A (en) Washer
JP3953381B2 (en) Ion elution unit and washing machine equipped with the same
TWI296998B (en) Washing machine
TWI251042B (en) Appliance incorporating an ion elution unit, and washer incorporating an ion elution unit
TWI252266B (en) Washing machine
CN100507134C (en) Antibacterial treatment device
JP2007069049A (en) Antibacterial treatment device
JP4417404B2 (en) Washing machine
JP3963793B2 (en) Ion elution unit and washing machine equipped with the same
JP2007204999A (en) Water supply unit and equipment equipped with it
AU2007231905B2 (en) Ion eluting unit and device provided with same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees